LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/misc - guc.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 18devel Lines: 1856 2303 80.6 %
Date: 2024-07-27 03:11:23 Functions: 95 98 96.9 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*--------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  * guc.c
       3             :  *
       4             :  * Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
       5             :  * command, configuration file, and command line options.
       6             :  *
       7             :  * This file contains the generic option processing infrastructure.
       8             :  * guc_funcs.c contains SQL-level functionality, including SET/SHOW
       9             :  * commands and various system-administration SQL functions.
      10             :  * guc_tables.c contains the arrays that define all the built-in
      11             :  * GUC variables.  Code that implements variable-specific behavior
      12             :  * is scattered around the system in check, assign, and show hooks.
      13             :  *
      14             :  * See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
      15             :  *
      16             :  *
      17             :  * Copyright (c) 2000-2024, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      18             :  * Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
      19             :  *
      20             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      21             :  *    src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
      22             :  *
      23             :  *--------------------------------------------------------------------
      24             :  */
      25             : #include "postgres.h"
      26             : 
      27             : #include <limits.h>
      28             : #include <math.h>
      29             : #include <sys/stat.h>
      30             : #include <unistd.h>
      31             : 
      32             : #include "access/xact.h"
      33             : #include "access/xlog.h"
      34             : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      35             : #include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
      36             : #include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
      37             : #include "guc_internal.h"
      38             : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
      39             : #include "libpq/protocol.h"
      40             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      41             : #include "parser/scansup.h"
      42             : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      43             : #include "storage/fd.h"
      44             : #include "storage/lwlock.h"
      45             : #include "storage/shmem.h"
      46             : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
      47             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      48             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      49             : #include "utils/conffiles.h"
      50             : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
      51             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      52             : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
      53             : 
      54             : 
      55             : #define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
      56             : #define HBA_FILENAME    "pg_hba.conf"
      57             : #define IDENT_FILENAME  "pg_ident.conf"
      58             : 
      59             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
      60             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
      61             : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
      62             : #endif
      63             : 
      64             : /*
      65             :  * Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
      66             :  * serialization.
      67             :  */
      68             : #define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
      69             : 
      70             : /*
      71             :  * Safe search path when executing code as the table owner, such as during
      72             :  * maintenance operations.
      73             :  */
      74             : #define GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH "pg_catalog, pg_temp"
      75             : 
      76             : static int  GUC_check_errcode_value;
      77             : 
      78             : static List *reserved_class_prefix = NIL;
      79             : 
      80             : /* global variables for check hook support */
      81             : char       *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
      82             : char       *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
      83             : char       *GUC_check_errhint_string;
      84             : 
      85             : 
      86             : /*
      87             :  * Unit conversion tables.
      88             :  *
      89             :  * There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
      90             :  * For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
      91             :  * in the table.
      92             :  *
      93             :  * To keep things simple, and to avoid possible roundoff error,
      94             :  * conversions are never chained.  There needs to be a direct conversion
      95             :  * between all units (of the same type).
      96             :  *
      97             :  * The conversions for each base unit must be kept in order from greatest to
      98             :  * smallest human-friendly unit; convert_xxx_from_base_unit() rely on that.
      99             :  * (The order of the base-unit groups does not matter.)
     100             :  */
     101             : #define MAX_UNIT_LEN        3   /* length of longest recognized unit string */
     102             : 
     103             : typedef struct
     104             : {
     105             :     char        unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
     106             :                                          * "min" */
     107             :     int         base_unit;      /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
     108             :     double      multiplier;     /* Factor for converting unit -> base_unit */
     109             : } unit_conversion;
     110             : 
     111             : /* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
     112             : #if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     113             : #error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     114             : #endif
     115             : #if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     116             : #error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     117             : #endif
     118             : 
     119             : static const char *const memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"B\", \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
     120             : 
     121             : static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
     122             : {
     123             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     124             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     125             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     126             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0},
     127             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1.0},
     128             : 
     129             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     130             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     131             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0},
     132             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0},
     133             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     134             : 
     135             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     136             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0},
     137             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0},
     138             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     139             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / (1024.0 * 1024.0)},
     140             : 
     141             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     142             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     143             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     144             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     145             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / BLCKSZ},
     146             : 
     147             :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     148             :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     149             :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     150             :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     151             :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / XLOG_BLCKSZ},
     152             : 
     153             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     154             : };
     155             : 
     156             : static const char *const time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"us\", \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
     157             : 
     158             : static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
     159             : {
     160             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
     161             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
     162             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
     163             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
     164             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
     165             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1.0 / 1000},
     166             : 
     167             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
     168             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
     169             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
     170             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
     171             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / 1000},
     172             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000)},
     173             : 
     174             :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
     175             :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
     176             :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
     177             :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / 60},
     178             :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 60)},
     179             :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000 * 60)},
     180             : 
     181             :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     182             : };
     183             : 
     184             : /*
     185             :  * To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
     186             :  * the following mappings to any unrecognized name.  Note that an old name
     187             :  * should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
     188             :  * semantics to the old.
     189             :  */
     190             : static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
     191             :     "sort_mem", "work_mem",
     192             :     "vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
     193             :     NULL
     194             : };
     195             : 
     196             : 
     197             : /* Memory context holding all GUC-related data */
     198             : static MemoryContext GUCMemoryContext;
     199             : 
     200             : /*
     201             :  * We use a dynahash table to look up GUCs by name, or to iterate through
     202             :  * all the GUCs.  The gucname field is redundant with gucvar->name, but
     203             :  * dynahash makes it too painful to not store the hash key separately.
     204             :  */
     205             : typedef struct
     206             : {
     207             :     const char *gucname;        /* hash key */
     208             :     struct config_generic *gucvar;  /* -> GUC's defining structure */
     209             : } GUCHashEntry;
     210             : 
     211             : static HTAB *guc_hashtab;       /* entries are GUCHashEntrys */
     212             : 
     213             : /*
     214             :  * In addition to the hash table, variables having certain properties are
     215             :  * linked into these lists, so that we can find them without scanning the
     216             :  * whole hash table.  In most applications, only a small fraction of the
     217             :  * GUCs appear in these lists at any given time.  The usage of the stack
     218             :  * and report lists is stylized enough that they can be slists, but the
     219             :  * nondef list has to be a dlist to avoid O(N) deletes in common cases.
     220             :  */
     221             : static dlist_head guc_nondef_list;  /* list of variables that have source
     222             :                                      * different from PGC_S_DEFAULT */
     223             : static slist_head guc_stack_list;   /* list of variables that have non-NULL
     224             :                                      * stack */
     225             : static slist_head guc_report_list;  /* list of variables that have the
     226             :                                      * GUC_NEEDS_REPORT bit set in status */
     227             : 
     228             : static bool reporting_enabled;  /* true to enable GUC_REPORT */
     229             : 
     230             : static int  GUCNestLevel = 0;   /* 1 when in main transaction */
     231             : 
     232             : 
     233             : static int  guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
     234             : static uint32 guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
     235             : static int  guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize);
     236             : static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
     237             : static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf);
     238             : static void RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf);
     239             : static void set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource);
     240             : static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
     241             : static void push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action);
     242             : static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record);
     243             : static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
     244             :                                   int sourceline);
     245             : static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
     246             :                                    struct config_string *pHolder,
     247             :                                    GucStack *stack,
     248             :                                    const char *curvalue,
     249             :                                    GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
     250             :                                    Oid cursrole);
     251             : static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
     252             :                                        bool skipIfNoPermissions);
     253             : static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head);
     254             : static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
     255             :                                       const char *name, const char *value);
     256             : static bool valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name);
     257             : static bool assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors,
     258             :                                             int elevel);
     259             : static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
     260             :                          const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
     261             : static bool call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval,
     262             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     263             : static bool call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval,
     264             :                                 void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     265             : static bool call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval,
     266             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     267             : static bool call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval,
     268             :                                    void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     269             : static bool call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval,
     270             :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     271             : 
     272             : 
     273             : /*
     274             :  * This function handles both actual config file (re)loads and execution of
     275             :  * show_all_file_settings() (i.e., the pg_file_settings view).  In the latter
     276             :  * case we don't apply any of the settings, but we make all the usual validity
     277             :  * checks, and we return the ConfigVariable list so that it can be printed out
     278             :  * by show_all_file_settings().
     279             :  */
     280             : ConfigVariable *
     281        4410 : ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context, bool applySettings, int elevel)
     282             : {
     283        4410 :     bool        error = false;
     284        4410 :     bool        applying = false;
     285             :     const char *ConfFileWithError;
     286             :     ConfigVariable *item,
     287             :                *head,
     288             :                *tail;
     289             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     290             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     291             : 
     292             :     /* Parse the main config file into a list of option names and values */
     293        4410 :     ConfFileWithError = ConfigFileName;
     294        4410 :     head = tail = NULL;
     295             : 
     296        4410 :     if (!ParseConfigFile(ConfigFileName, true,
     297             :                          NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     298             :                          &head, &tail))
     299             :     {
     300             :         /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     301           0 :         error = true;
     302           0 :         goto bail_out;
     303             :     }
     304             : 
     305             :     /*
     306             :      * Parse the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, if present, after the main file to
     307             :      * replace any parameters set by ALTER SYSTEM command.  Because this file
     308             :      * is in the data directory, we can't read it until the DataDir has been
     309             :      * set.
     310             :      */
     311        4410 :     if (DataDir)
     312             :     {
     313        2606 :         if (!ParseConfigFile(PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME, false,
     314             :                              NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     315             :                              &head, &tail))
     316             :         {
     317             :             /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     318           0 :             error = true;
     319           0 :             ConfFileWithError = PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME;
     320           0 :             goto bail_out;
     321             :         }
     322             :     }
     323             :     else
     324             :     {
     325             :         /*
     326             :          * If DataDir is not set, the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file cannot be
     327             :          * read.  In this case, we don't want to accept any settings but
     328             :          * data_directory from postgresql.conf, because they might be
     329             :          * overwritten with settings in the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file which
     330             :          * will be read later. OTOH, since data_directory isn't allowed in the
     331             :          * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, it will never be overwritten later.
     332             :          */
     333        1804 :         ConfigVariable *newlist = NULL;
     334             : 
     335             :         /*
     336             :          * Prune all items except the last "data_directory" from the list.
     337             :          */
     338       47304 :         for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     339             :         {
     340       45500 :             if (!item->ignore &&
     341       45500 :                 strcmp(item->name, "data_directory") == 0)
     342           0 :                 newlist = item;
     343             :         }
     344             : 
     345        1804 :         if (newlist)
     346           0 :             newlist->next = NULL;
     347        1804 :         head = tail = newlist;
     348             : 
     349             :         /*
     350             :          * Quick exit if data_directory is not present in file.
     351             :          *
     352             :          * We need not do any further processing, in particular we don't set
     353             :          * PgReloadTime; that will be set soon by subsequent full loading of
     354             :          * the config file.
     355             :          */
     356        1804 :         if (head == NULL)
     357        1804 :             goto bail_out;
     358             :     }
     359             : 
     360             :     /*
     361             :      * Mark all extant GUC variables as not present in the config file. We
     362             :      * need this so that we can tell below which ones have been removed from
     363             :      * the file since we last processed it.
     364             :      */
     365        2606 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     366     1000808 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     367             :     {
     368      998202 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     369             : 
     370      998202 :         gconf->status &= ~GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     371             :     }
     372             : 
     373             :     /*
     374             :      * Check if all the supplied option names are valid, as an additional
     375             :      * quasi-syntactic check on the validity of the config file.  It is
     376             :      * important that the postmaster and all backends agree on the results of
     377             :      * this phase, else we will have strange inconsistencies about which
     378             :      * processes accept a config file update and which don't.  Hence, unknown
     379             :      * custom variable names have to be accepted without complaint.  For the
     380             :      * same reason, we don't attempt to validate the options' values here.
     381             :      *
     382             :      * In addition, the GUC_IS_IN_FILE flag is set on each existing GUC
     383             :      * variable mentioned in the file; and we detect duplicate entries in the
     384             :      * file and mark the earlier occurrences as ignorable.
     385             :      */
     386       74810 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     387             :     {
     388             :         struct config_generic *record;
     389             : 
     390             :         /* Ignore anything already marked as ignorable */
     391       72204 :         if (item->ignore)
     392           0 :             continue;
     393             : 
     394             :         /*
     395             :          * Try to find the variable; but do not create a custom placeholder if
     396             :          * it's not there already.
     397             :          */
     398       72204 :         record = find_option(item->name, false, true, elevel);
     399             : 
     400       72204 :         if (record)
     401             :         {
     402             :             /* If it's already marked, then this is a duplicate entry */
     403       72154 :             if (record->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE)
     404             :             {
     405             :                 /*
     406             :                  * Mark the earlier occurrence(s) as dead/ignorable.  We could
     407             :                  * avoid the O(N^2) behavior here with some additional state,
     408             :                  * but it seems unlikely to be worth the trouble.
     409             :                  */
     410             :                 ConfigVariable *pitem;
     411             : 
     412      227640 :                 for (pitem = head; pitem != item; pitem = pitem->next)
     413             :                 {
     414      220290 :                     if (!pitem->ignore &&
     415      197804 :                         strcmp(pitem->name, item->name) == 0)
     416        7350 :                         pitem->ignore = true;
     417             :                 }
     418             :             }
     419             :             /* Now mark it as present in file */
     420       72154 :             record->status |= GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     421             :         }
     422          50 :         else if (!valid_custom_variable_name(item->name))
     423             :         {
     424             :             /* Invalid non-custom variable, so complain */
     425           2 :             ereport(elevel,
     426             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
     427             :                      errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\" in file \"%s\" line %d",
     428             :                             item->name,
     429             :                             item->filename, item->sourceline)));
     430           2 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("unrecognized configuration parameter");
     431           2 :             error = true;
     432           2 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     433             :         }
     434             :     }
     435             : 
     436             :     /*
     437             :      * If we've detected any errors so far, we don't want to risk applying any
     438             :      * changes.
     439             :      */
     440        2606 :     if (error)
     441           2 :         goto bail_out;
     442             : 
     443             :     /* Otherwise, set flag that we're beginning to apply changes */
     444        2604 :     applying = true;
     445             : 
     446             :     /*
     447             :      * Check for variables having been removed from the config file, and
     448             :      * revert their reset values (and perhaps also effective values) to the
     449             :      * boot-time defaults.  If such a variable can't be changed after startup,
     450             :      * report that and continue.
     451             :      */
     452        2604 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     453     1000040 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     454             :     {
     455      997436 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     456             :         GucStack   *stack;
     457             : 
     458      997436 :         if (gconf->reset_source != PGC_S_FILE ||
     459       22654 :             (gconf->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE))
     460      997434 :             continue;
     461           2 :         if (gconf->context < PGC_SIGHUP)
     462             :         {
     463             :             /* The removal can't be effective without a restart */
     464           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
     465           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     466             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
     467             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     468             :                             gconf->name)));
     469           0 :             record_config_file_error(psprintf("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     470             :                                               gconf->name),
     471             :                                      NULL, 0,
     472             :                                      &head, &tail);
     473           0 :             error = true;
     474           0 :             continue;
     475             :         }
     476             : 
     477             :         /* No more to do if we're just doing show_all_file_settings() */
     478           2 :         if (!applySettings)
     479           0 :             continue;
     480             : 
     481             :         /*
     482             :          * Reset any "file" sources to "default", else set_config_option will
     483             :          * not override those settings.
     484             :          */
     485           2 :         if (gconf->reset_source == PGC_S_FILE)
     486           2 :             gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     487           2 :         if (gconf->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     488           2 :             set_guc_source(gconf, PGC_S_DEFAULT);
     489           2 :         for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     490             :         {
     491           0 :             if (stack->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     492           0 :                 stack->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     493             :         }
     494             : 
     495             :         /* Now we can re-apply the wired-in default (i.e., the boot_val) */
     496           2 :         if (set_config_option(gconf->name, NULL,
     497             :                               context, PGC_S_DEFAULT,
     498             :                               GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false) > 0)
     499             :         {
     500             :             /* Log the change if appropriate */
     501           2 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
     502           2 :                 ereport(elevel,
     503             :                         (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" removed from configuration file, reset to default",
     504             :                                 gconf->name)));
     505             :         }
     506             :     }
     507             : 
     508             :     /*
     509             :      * Restore any variables determined by environment variables or
     510             :      * dynamically-computed defaults.  This is a no-op except in the case
     511             :      * where one of these had been in the config file and is now removed.
     512             :      *
     513             :      * In particular, we *must not* do this during the postmaster's initial
     514             :      * loading of the file, since the timezone functions in particular should
     515             :      * be run only after initialization is complete.
     516             :      *
     517             :      * XXX this is an unmaintainable crock, because we have to know how to set
     518             :      * (or at least what to call to set) every non-PGC_INTERNAL variable that
     519             :      * could potentially have PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR source.
     520             :      */
     521        2604 :     if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings)
     522             :     {
     523         796 :         InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
     524         796 :         pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
     525             :         /* this selects SQL_ASCII in processes not connected to a database */
     526         796 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", GetDatabaseEncodingName(),
     527             :                         PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
     528             :     }
     529             : 
     530             :     /*
     531             :      * Now apply the values from the config file.
     532             :      */
     533       74778 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     534             :     {
     535       72176 :         char       *pre_value = NULL;
     536             :         int         scres;
     537             : 
     538             :         /* Ignore anything marked as ignorable */
     539       72176 :         if (item->ignore)
     540        7350 :             continue;
     541             : 
     542             :         /* In SIGHUP cases in the postmaster, we want to report changes */
     543       64826 :         if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings && !IsUnderPostmaster)
     544             :         {
     545        6890 :             const char *preval = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     546             : 
     547             :             /* If option doesn't exist yet or is NULL, treat as empty string */
     548        6890 :             if (!preval)
     549           2 :                 preval = "";
     550             :             /* must dup, else might have dangling pointer below */
     551        6890 :             pre_value = pstrdup(preval);
     552             :         }
     553             : 
     554       64826 :         scres = set_config_option(item->name, item->value,
     555             :                                   context, PGC_S_FILE,
     556             :                                   GUC_ACTION_SET, applySettings, 0, false);
     557       64824 :         if (scres > 0)
     558             :         {
     559             :             /* variable was updated, so log the change if appropriate */
     560       56536 :             if (pre_value)
     561             :             {
     562        4516 :                 const char *post_value = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     563             : 
     564        4516 :                 if (!post_value)
     565           0 :                     post_value = "";
     566        4516 :                 if (strcmp(pre_value, post_value) != 0)
     567         186 :                     ereport(elevel,
     568             :                             (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" changed to \"%s\"",
     569             :                                     item->name, item->value)));
     570             :             }
     571       56536 :             item->applied = true;
     572             :         }
     573        8288 :         else if (scres == 0)
     574             :         {
     575           0 :             error = true;
     576           0 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("setting could not be applied");
     577           0 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     578             :         }
     579             :         else
     580             :         {
     581             :             /* no error, but variable's active value was not changed */
     582        8288 :             item->applied = true;
     583             :         }
     584             : 
     585             :         /*
     586             :          * We should update source location unless there was an error, since
     587             :          * even if the active value didn't change, the reset value might have.
     588             :          * (In the postmaster, there won't be a difference, but it does matter
     589             :          * in backends.)
     590             :          */
     591       64824 :         if (scres != 0 && applySettings)
     592       64672 :             set_config_sourcefile(item->name, item->filename,
     593             :                                   item->sourceline);
     594             : 
     595       64824 :         if (pre_value)
     596        6890 :             pfree(pre_value);
     597             :     }
     598             : 
     599             :     /* Remember when we last successfully loaded the config file. */
     600        2602 :     if (applySettings)
     601        2596 :         PgReloadTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
     602             : 
     603           6 : bail_out:
     604        4408 :     if (error && applySettings)
     605             :     {
     606             :         /* During postmaster startup, any error is fatal */
     607           2 :         if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER)
     608           2 :             ereport(ERROR,
     609             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     610             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors",
     611             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     612           0 :         else if (applying)
     613           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     614             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     615             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; unaffected changes were applied",
     616             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     617             :         else
     618           0 :             ereport(elevel,
     619             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     620             :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; no changes were applied",
     621             :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     622             :     }
     623             : 
     624             :     /* Successful or otherwise, return the collected data list */
     625        4406 :     return head;
     626             : }
     627             : 
     628             : 
     629             : /*
     630             :  * Some infrastructure for GUC-related memory allocation
     631             :  *
     632             :  * These functions are generally modeled on libc's malloc/realloc/etc,
     633             :  * but any OOM issue is reported at the specified elevel.
     634             :  * (Thus, control returns only if that's less than ERROR.)
     635             :  */
     636             : void *
     637     1184506 : guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
     638             : {
     639             :     void       *data;
     640             : 
     641     1184506 :     data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     642             :                                       MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     643     1184506 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     644           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     645             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     646             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     647     1184506 :     return data;
     648             : }
     649             : 
     650             : void *
     651           0 : guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
     652             : {
     653             :     void       *data;
     654             : 
     655           0 :     if (old != NULL)
     656             :     {
     657             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     658             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(old) == GUCMemoryContext);
     659           0 :         data = repalloc_extended(old, size,
     660             :                                  MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     661             :     }
     662             :     else
     663             :     {
     664             :         /* Like realloc(3), but not like repalloc(), we allow old == NULL. */
     665           0 :         data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     666             :                                           MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     667             :     }
     668           0 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     669           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     670             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     671             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     672           0 :     return data;
     673             : }
     674             : 
     675             : char *
     676      994832 : guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
     677             : {
     678             :     char       *data;
     679      994832 :     size_t      len = strlen(src) + 1;
     680             : 
     681      994832 :     data = guc_malloc(elevel, len);
     682      994832 :     if (likely(data != NULL))
     683      994832 :         memcpy(data, src, len);
     684      994832 :     return data;
     685             : }
     686             : 
     687             : void
     688     1083856 : guc_free(void *ptr)
     689             : {
     690             :     /*
     691             :      * Historically, GUC-related code has relied heavily on the ability to do
     692             :      * free(NULL), so we allow that here even though pfree() doesn't.
     693             :      */
     694     1083856 :     if (ptr != NULL)
     695             :     {
     696             :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     697             :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == GUCMemoryContext);
     698      566634 :         pfree(ptr);
     699             :     }
     700     1083856 : }
     701             : 
     702             : 
     703             : /*
     704             :  * Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
     705             :  */
     706             : static bool
     707     1226024 : string_field_used(struct config_string *conf, char *strval)
     708             : {
     709             :     GucStack   *stack;
     710             : 
     711     1226024 :     if (strval == *(conf->variable) ||
     712      686540 :         strval == conf->reset_val ||
     713      413448 :         strval == conf->boot_val)
     714      812576 :         return true;
     715      608420 :     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     716             :     {
     717      271088 :         if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
     718      194978 :             strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
     719       76116 :             return true;
     720             :     }
     721      337332 :     return false;
     722             : }
     723             : 
     724             : /*
     725             :  * Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item.  Free the prior
     726             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     727             :  * states).
     728             :  */
     729             : static void
     730     1249134 : set_string_field(struct config_string *conf, char **field, char *newval)
     731             : {
     732     1249134 :     char       *oldval = *field;
     733             : 
     734             :     /* Do the assignment */
     735     1249134 :     *field = newval;
     736             : 
     737             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     738     1249134 :     if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
     739      334374 :         guc_free(oldval);
     740     1249134 : }
     741             : 
     742             : /*
     743             :  * Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
     744             :  */
     745             : static bool
     746      264304 : extra_field_used(struct config_generic *gconf, void *extra)
     747             : {
     748             :     GucStack   *stack;
     749             : 
     750      264304 :     if (extra == gconf->extra)
     751      114760 :         return true;
     752      149544 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     753             :     {
     754           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     755           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_bool *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     756           0 :                 return true;
     757           0 :             break;
     758           0 :         case PGC_INT:
     759           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_int *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     760           0 :                 return true;
     761           0 :             break;
     762           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
     763           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_real *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     764           0 :                 return true;
     765           0 :             break;
     766      149544 :         case PGC_STRING:
     767      149544 :             if (extra == ((struct config_string *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     768       73614 :                 return true;
     769       75930 :             break;
     770           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     771           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_enum *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     772           0 :                 return true;
     773           0 :             break;
     774             :     }
     775       87700 :     for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     776             :     {
     777       15244 :         if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
     778       11776 :             extra == stack->masked.extra)
     779        3474 :             return true;
     780             :     }
     781             : 
     782       72456 :     return false;
     783             : }
     784             : 
     785             : /*
     786             :  * Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item.  Free the prior
     787             :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     788             :  * states).
     789             :  */
     790             : static void
     791     1858808 : set_extra_field(struct config_generic *gconf, void **field, void *newval)
     792             : {
     793     1858808 :     void       *oldval = *field;
     794             : 
     795             :     /* Do the assignment */
     796     1858808 :     *field = newval;
     797             : 
     798             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     799     1858808 :     if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
     800       72032 :         guc_free(oldval);
     801     1858808 : }
     802             : 
     803             : /*
     804             :  * Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
     805             :  * The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
     806             :  *
     807             :  * NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
     808             :  * initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to guc_free() them.
     809             :  */
     810             : static void
     811      233310 : set_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     812             : {
     813      233310 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     814             :     {
     815       16330 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     816       16330 :             val->val.boolval =
     817       16330 :                 *((struct config_bool *) gconf)->variable;
     818       16330 :             break;
     819       19688 :         case PGC_INT:
     820       19688 :             val->val.intval =
     821       19688 :                 *((struct config_int *) gconf)->variable;
     822       19688 :             break;
     823        8036 :         case PGC_REAL:
     824        8036 :             val->val.realval =
     825        8036 :                 *((struct config_real *) gconf)->variable;
     826        8036 :             break;
     827      170690 :         case PGC_STRING:
     828      170690 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     829             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     830      170690 :                              *((struct config_string *) gconf)->variable);
     831      170690 :             break;
     832       18566 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     833       18566 :             val->val.enumval =
     834       18566 :                 *((struct config_enum *) gconf)->variable;
     835       18566 :             break;
     836             :     }
     837      233310 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
     838      233310 : }
     839             : 
     840             : /*
     841             :  * Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
     842             :  * The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
     843             :  */
     844             : static void
     845       45076 : discard_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     846             : {
     847       45076 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     848             :     {
     849       32942 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     850             :         case PGC_INT:
     851             :         case PGC_REAL:
     852             :         case PGC_ENUM:
     853             :             /* no need to do anything */
     854       32942 :             break;
     855       12134 :         case PGC_STRING:
     856       12134 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     857             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     858             :                              NULL);
     859       12134 :             break;
     860             :     }
     861       45076 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
     862       45076 : }
     863             : 
     864             : 
     865             : /*
     866             :  * Fetch a palloc'd, sorted array of GUC struct pointers
     867             :  *
     868             :  * The array length is returned into *num_vars.
     869             :  */
     870             : struct config_generic **
     871        3866 : get_guc_variables(int *num_vars)
     872             : {
     873             :     struct config_generic **result;
     874             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     875             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     876             :     int         i;
     877             : 
     878        3866 :     *num_vars = hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab);
     879        3866 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * *num_vars);
     880             : 
     881             :     /* Extract pointers from the hash table */
     882        3866 :     i = 0;
     883        3866 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     884     1503712 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     885     1499846 :         result[i++] = hentry->gucvar;
     886             :     Assert(i == *num_vars);
     887             : 
     888             :     /* Sort by name */
     889        3866 :     qsort(result, *num_vars,
     890             :           sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
     891             : 
     892        3866 :     return result;
     893             : }
     894             : 
     895             : 
     896             : /*
     897             :  * Build the GUC hash table.  This is split out so that help_config.c can
     898             :  * extract all the variables without running all of InitializeGUCOptions.
     899             :  * It's not meant for use anyplace else.
     900             :  */
     901             : void
     902        1852 : build_guc_variables(void)
     903             : {
     904             :     int         size_vars;
     905        1852 :     int         num_vars = 0;
     906             :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
     907             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     908             :     bool        found;
     909             :     int         i;
     910             : 
     911             :     /*
     912             :      * Create the memory context that will hold all GUC-related data.
     913             :      */
     914             :     Assert(GUCMemoryContext == NULL);
     915        1852 :     GUCMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
     916             :                                              "GUCMemoryContext",
     917             :                                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
     918             : 
     919             :     /*
     920             :      * Count all the built-in variables, and set their vartypes correctly.
     921             :      */
     922      205572 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     923             :     {
     924      203720 :         struct config_bool *conf = &ConfigureNamesBool[i];
     925             : 
     926             :         /* Rather than requiring vartype to be filled in by hand, do this: */
     927      203720 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_BOOL;
     928      203720 :         num_vars++;
     929             :     }
     930             : 
     931      261132 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     932             :     {
     933      259280 :         struct config_int *conf = &ConfigureNamesInt[i];
     934             : 
     935      259280 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_INT;
     936      259280 :         num_vars++;
     937             :     }
     938             : 
     939       48152 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
     940             :     {
     941       46300 :         struct config_real *conf = &ConfigureNamesReal[i];
     942             : 
     943       46300 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_REAL;
     944       46300 :         num_vars++;
     945             :     }
     946             : 
     947      131492 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
     948             :     {
     949      129640 :         struct config_string *conf = &ConfigureNamesString[i];
     950             : 
     951      129640 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_STRING;
     952      129640 :         num_vars++;
     953             :     }
     954             : 
     955       72228 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
     956             :     {
     957       70376 :         struct config_enum *conf = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i];
     958             : 
     959       70376 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_ENUM;
     960       70376 :         num_vars++;
     961             :     }
     962             : 
     963             :     /*
     964             :      * Create hash table with 20% slack
     965             :      */
     966        1852 :     size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
     967             : 
     968        1852 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
     969        1852 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(GUCHashEntry);
     970        1852 :     hash_ctl.hash = guc_name_hash;
     971        1852 :     hash_ctl.match = guc_name_match;
     972        1852 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = GUCMemoryContext;
     973        1852 :     guc_hashtab = hash_create("GUC hash table",
     974             :                               size_vars,
     975             :                               &hash_ctl,
     976             :                               HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE | HASH_CONTEXT);
     977             : 
     978      205572 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     979             :     {
     980      203720 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen;
     981             : 
     982      203720 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     983      203720 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     984             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     985             :                                               &found);
     986             :         Assert(!found);
     987      203720 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     988             :     }
     989             : 
     990      261132 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     991             :     {
     992      259280 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen;
     993             : 
     994      259280 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     995      259280 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     996             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     997             :                                               &found);
     998             :         Assert(!found);
     999      259280 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1000             :     }
    1001             : 
    1002       48152 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
    1003             :     {
    1004       46300 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen;
    1005             : 
    1006       46300 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1007       46300 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1008             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1009             :                                               &found);
    1010             :         Assert(!found);
    1011       46300 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1012             :     }
    1013             : 
    1014      131492 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
    1015             :     {
    1016      129640 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesString[i].gen;
    1017             : 
    1018      129640 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1019      129640 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1020             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1021             :                                               &found);
    1022             :         Assert(!found);
    1023      129640 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1024             :     }
    1025             : 
    1026       72228 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
    1027             :     {
    1028       70376 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen;
    1029             : 
    1030       70376 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1031       70376 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1032             :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1033             :                                               &found);
    1034             :         Assert(!found);
    1035       70376 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1036             :     }
    1037             : 
    1038             :     Assert(num_vars == hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    1039        1852 : }
    1040             : 
    1041             : /*
    1042             :  * Add a new GUC variable to the hash of known variables. The
    1043             :  * hash is expanded if needed.
    1044             :  */
    1045             : static bool
    1046       17636 : add_guc_variable(struct config_generic *var, int elevel)
    1047             : {
    1048             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1049             :     bool        found;
    1050             : 
    1051       17636 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1052       17636 :                                           &var->name,
    1053             :                                           HASH_ENTER_NULL,
    1054             :                                           &found);
    1055       17636 :     if (unlikely(hentry == NULL))
    1056             :     {
    1057           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    1058             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    1059             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
    1060           0 :         return false;           /* out of memory */
    1061             :     }
    1062             :     Assert(!found);
    1063       17636 :     hentry->gucvar = var;
    1064       17636 :     return true;
    1065             : }
    1066             : 
    1067             : /*
    1068             :  * Decide whether a proposed custom variable name is allowed.
    1069             :  *
    1070             :  * It must be two or more identifiers separated by dots, where the rules
    1071             :  * for what is an identifier agree with scan.l.  (If you change this rule,
    1072             :  * adjust the errdetail in assignable_custom_variable_name().)
    1073             :  */
    1074             : static bool
    1075         182 : valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name)
    1076             : {
    1077         182 :     bool        saw_sep = false;
    1078         182 :     bool        name_start = true;
    1079             : 
    1080        3680 :     for (const char *p = name; *p; p++)
    1081             :     {
    1082        3510 :         if (*p == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    1083             :         {
    1084         192 :             if (name_start)
    1085           0 :                 return false;   /* empty name component */
    1086         192 :             saw_sep = true;
    1087         192 :             name_start = true;
    1088             :         }
    1089        3318 :         else if (strchr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    1090        3318 :                         "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_", *p) != NULL ||
    1091          16 :                  IS_HIGHBIT_SET(*p))
    1092             :         {
    1093             :             /* okay as first or non-first character */
    1094        3302 :             name_start = false;
    1095             :         }
    1096          16 :         else if (!name_start && strchr("0123456789$", *p) != NULL)
    1097             :              /* okay as non-first character */ ;
    1098             :         else
    1099          12 :             return false;
    1100             :     }
    1101         170 :     if (name_start)
    1102           0 :         return false;           /* empty name component */
    1103             :     /* OK if we found at least one separator */
    1104         170 :     return saw_sep;
    1105             : }
    1106             : 
    1107             : /*
    1108             :  * Decide whether an unrecognized variable name is allowed to be SET.
    1109             :  *
    1110             :  * It must pass the syntactic rules of valid_custom_variable_name(),
    1111             :  * and it must not be in any namespace already reserved by an extension.
    1112             :  * (We make this separate from valid_custom_variable_name() because we don't
    1113             :  * apply the reserved-namespace test when reading configuration files.)
    1114             :  *
    1115             :  * If valid, return true.  Otherwise, return false if skip_errors is true,
    1116             :  * else throw a suitable error at the specified elevel (and return false
    1117             :  * if that's less than ERROR).
    1118             :  */
    1119             : static bool
    1120         188 : assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors, int elevel)
    1121             : {
    1122             :     /* If there's no separator, it can't be a custom variable */
    1123         188 :     const char *sep = strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR);
    1124             : 
    1125         188 :     if (sep != NULL)
    1126             :     {
    1127         132 :         size_t      classLen = sep - name;
    1128             :         ListCell   *lc;
    1129             : 
    1130             :         /* The name must be syntactically acceptable ... */
    1131         132 :         if (!valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1132             :         {
    1133          12 :             if (!skip_errors)
    1134          12 :                 ereport(elevel,
    1135             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1136             :                          errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1137             :                                 name),
    1138             :                          errdetail("Custom parameter names must be two or more simple identifiers separated by dots.")));
    1139           0 :             return false;
    1140             :         }
    1141             :         /* ... and it must not match any previously-reserved prefix */
    1142         140 :         foreach(lc, reserved_class_prefix)
    1143             :         {
    1144          26 :             const char *rcprefix = lfirst(lc);
    1145             : 
    1146          26 :             if (strlen(rcprefix) == classLen &&
    1147           6 :                 strncmp(name, rcprefix, classLen) == 0)
    1148             :             {
    1149           6 :                 if (!skip_errors)
    1150           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    1151             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1152             :                              errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1153             :                                     name),
    1154             :                              errdetail("\"%s\" is a reserved prefix.",
    1155             :                                        rcprefix)));
    1156           0 :                 return false;
    1157             :             }
    1158             :         }
    1159             :         /* OK to create it */
    1160         114 :         return true;
    1161             :     }
    1162             : 
    1163             :     /* Unrecognized single-part name */
    1164          56 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1165          56 :         ereport(elevel,
    1166             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1167             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1168             :                         name)));
    1169           0 :     return false;
    1170             : }
    1171             : 
    1172             : /*
    1173             :  * Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
    1174             :  */
    1175             : static struct config_generic *
    1176         100 : add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
    1177             : {
    1178         100 :     size_t      sz = sizeof(struct config_string) + sizeof(char *);
    1179             :     struct config_string *var;
    1180             :     struct config_generic *gen;
    1181             : 
    1182         100 :     var = (struct config_string *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
    1183         100 :     if (var == NULL)
    1184           0 :         return NULL;
    1185         100 :     memset(var, 0, sz);
    1186         100 :     gen = &var->gen;
    1187             : 
    1188         100 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
    1189         100 :     if (gen->name == NULL)
    1190             :     {
    1191           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1192           0 :         return NULL;
    1193             :     }
    1194             : 
    1195         100 :     gen->context = PGC_USERSET;
    1196         100 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    1197         100 :     gen->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
    1198         100 :     gen->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
    1199         100 :     gen->vartype = PGC_STRING;
    1200             : 
    1201             :     /*
    1202             :      * The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
    1203             :      * 'static' place to point to.  Note that the current value, as well as
    1204             :      * the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
    1205             :      */
    1206         100 :     var->variable = (char **) (var + 1);
    1207             : 
    1208         100 :     if (!add_guc_variable((struct config_generic *) var, elevel))
    1209             :     {
    1210           0 :         guc_free(unconstify(char *, gen->name));
    1211           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1212           0 :         return NULL;
    1213             :     }
    1214             : 
    1215         100 :     return gen;
    1216             : }
    1217             : 
    1218             : /*
    1219             :  * Look up option "name".  If it exists, return a pointer to its record.
    1220             :  * Otherwise, if create_placeholders is true and name is a valid-looking
    1221             :  * custom variable name, we'll create and return a placeholder record.
    1222             :  * Otherwise, if skip_errors is true, then we silently return NULL for
    1223             :  * an unrecognized or invalid name.  Otherwise, the error is reported at
    1224             :  * error level elevel (and we return NULL if that's less than ERROR).
    1225             :  *
    1226             :  * Note: internal errors, primarily out-of-memory, draw an elevel-level
    1227             :  * report and NULL return regardless of skip_errors.  Hence, callers must
    1228             :  * handle a NULL return whenever elevel < ERROR, but they should not need
    1229             :  * to emit any additional error message.  (In practice, internal errors
    1230             :  * can only happen when create_placeholders is true, so callers passing
    1231             :  * false need not think terribly hard about this.)
    1232             :  */
    1233             : struct config_generic *
    1234      890230 : find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors,
    1235             :             int elevel)
    1236             : {
    1237             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1238             :     int         i;
    1239             : 
    1240             :     Assert(name);
    1241             : 
    1242             :     /* Look it up using the hash table. */
    1243      890230 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1244             :                                           &name,
    1245             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    1246             :                                           NULL);
    1247      890230 :     if (hentry)
    1248      889878 :         return hentry->gucvar;
    1249             : 
    1250             :     /*
    1251             :      * See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable.  We assume that the
    1252             :      * set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
    1253             :      * the best way.
    1254             :      */
    1255        1056 :     for (i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1256             :     {
    1257         704 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1258           0 :             return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false,
    1259             :                                skip_errors, elevel);
    1260             :     }
    1261             : 
    1262         352 :     if (create_placeholders)
    1263             :     {
    1264             :         /*
    1265             :          * Check if the name is valid, and if so, add a placeholder.
    1266             :          */
    1267         172 :         if (assignable_custom_variable_name(name, skip_errors, elevel))
    1268         100 :             return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
    1269             :         else
    1270           0 :             return NULL;        /* error message, if any, already emitted */
    1271             :     }
    1272             : 
    1273             :     /* Unknown name and we're not supposed to make a placeholder */
    1274         180 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1275          38 :         ereport(elevel,
    1276             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1277             :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1278             :                         name)));
    1279         142 :     return NULL;
    1280             : }
    1281             : 
    1282             : 
    1283             : /*
    1284             :  * comparator for qsorting an array of GUC pointers
    1285             :  */
    1286             : static int
    1287    13033822 : guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    1288             : {
    1289    13033822 :     const char *namea = **(const char **const *) a;
    1290    13033822 :     const char *nameb = **(const char **const *) b;
    1291             : 
    1292    13033822 :     return guc_name_compare(namea, nameb);
    1293             : }
    1294             : 
    1295             : /*
    1296             :  * the bare comparison function for GUC names
    1297             :  */
    1298             : int
    1299    14331760 : guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
    1300             : {
    1301             :     /*
    1302             :      * The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
    1303             :      * hash mapping has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
    1304             :      * our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
    1305             :      */
    1306    56141420 :     while (*namea && *nameb)
    1307             :     {
    1308    55130724 :         char        cha = *namea++;
    1309    55130724 :         char        chb = *nameb++;
    1310             : 
    1311    55130724 :         if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
    1312      220542 :             cha += 'a' - 'A';
    1313    55130724 :         if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
    1314      100334 :             chb += 'a' - 'A';
    1315    55130724 :         if (cha != chb)
    1316    13321064 :             return cha - chb;
    1317             :     }
    1318     1010696 :     if (*namea)
    1319       46966 :         return 1;               /* a is longer */
    1320      963730 :     if (*nameb)
    1321       73578 :         return -1;              /* b is longer */
    1322      890152 :     return 0;
    1323             : }
    1324             : 
    1325             : /*
    1326             :  * Hash function that's compatible with guc_name_compare
    1327             :  */
    1328             : static uint32
    1329     1634822 : guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
    1330             : {
    1331     1634822 :     uint32      result = 0;
    1332     1634822 :     const char *name = *(const char *const *) key;
    1333             : 
    1334    28686124 :     while (*name)
    1335             :     {
    1336    27051302 :         char        ch = *name++;
    1337             : 
    1338             :         /* Case-fold in the same way as guc_name_compare */
    1339    27051302 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1340       38000 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1341             : 
    1342             :         /* Merge into hash ... not very bright, but it needn't be */
    1343    27051302 :         result = pg_rotate_left32(result, 5);
    1344    27051302 :         result ^= (uint32) ch;
    1345             :     }
    1346     1634822 :     return result;
    1347             : }
    1348             : 
    1349             : /*
    1350             :  * Dynahash match function to use in guc_hashtab
    1351             :  */
    1352             : static int
    1353      889982 : guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
    1354             : {
    1355      889982 :     const char *name1 = *(const char *const *) key1;
    1356      889982 :     const char *name2 = *(const char *const *) key2;
    1357             : 
    1358      889982 :     return guc_name_compare(name1, name2);
    1359             : }
    1360             : 
    1361             : 
    1362             : /*
    1363             :  * Convert a GUC name to the form that should be used in pg_parameter_acl.
    1364             :  *
    1365             :  * We need to canonicalize entries since, for example, case should not be
    1366             :  * significant.  In addition, we apply the map_old_guc_names[] mapping so that
    1367             :  * any obsolete names will be converted when stored in a new PG version.
    1368             :  * Note however that this function does not verify legality of the name.
    1369             :  *
    1370             :  * The result is a palloc'd string.
    1371             :  */
    1372             : char *
    1373         352 : convert_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1374             : {
    1375             :     char       *result;
    1376             : 
    1377             :     /* Apply old-GUC-name mapping. */
    1378        1056 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1379             :     {
    1380         704 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1381             :         {
    1382           0 :             name = map_old_guc_names[i + 1];
    1383           0 :             break;
    1384             :         }
    1385             :     }
    1386             : 
    1387             :     /* Apply case-folding that matches guc_name_compare(). */
    1388         352 :     result = pstrdup(name);
    1389        5728 :     for (char *ptr = result; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    1390             :     {
    1391        5376 :         char        ch = *ptr;
    1392             : 
    1393        5376 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1394             :         {
    1395          12 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1396          12 :             *ptr = ch;
    1397             :         }
    1398             :     }
    1399             : 
    1400         352 :     return result;
    1401             : }
    1402             : 
    1403             : /*
    1404             :  * Check whether we should allow creation of a pg_parameter_acl entry
    1405             :  * for the given name.  (This can be applied either before or after
    1406             :  * canonicalizing it.)  Throws error if not.
    1407             :  */
    1408             : void
    1409          68 : check_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1410             : {
    1411             :     /* OK if the GUC exists. */
    1412          68 :     if (find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5) != NULL)
    1413          54 :         return;
    1414             :     /* Otherwise, it'd better be a valid custom GUC name. */
    1415          14 :     (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    1416             : }
    1417             : 
    1418             : /*
    1419             :  * Routine in charge of checking various states of a GUC.
    1420             :  *
    1421             :  * This performs two sanity checks.  First, it checks that the initial
    1422             :  * value of a GUC is the same when declared and when loaded to prevent
    1423             :  * anybody looking at the C declarations of these GUCs from being fooled by
    1424             :  * mismatched values.  Second, it checks for incorrect flag combinations.
    1425             :  *
    1426             :  * The following validation rules apply for the values:
    1427             :  * bool - can be false, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1428             :  * int  - can be 0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1429             :  * real - can be 0.0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1430             :  * string - can be NULL, otherwise must be strcmp equal to the boot_val
    1431             :  * enum - must be same as the boot_val
    1432             :  */
    1433             : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    1434             : static bool
    1435             : check_GUC_init(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1436             : {
    1437             :     /* Checks on values */
    1438             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1439             :     {
    1440             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1441             :             {
    1442             :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1443             : 
    1444             :                 if (*conf->variable && !conf->boot_val)
    1445             :                 {
    1446             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_BOOL) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1447             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1448             :                     return false;
    1449             :                 }
    1450             :                 break;
    1451             :             }
    1452             :         case PGC_INT:
    1453             :             {
    1454             :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1455             : 
    1456             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1457             :                 {
    1458             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_INT) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1459             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1460             :                     return false;
    1461             :                 }
    1462             :                 break;
    1463             :             }
    1464             :         case PGC_REAL:
    1465             :             {
    1466             :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1467             : 
    1468             :                 if (*conf->variable != 0.0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1469             :                 {
    1470             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_REAL) %s, boot_val=%g, C-var=%g",
    1471             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1472             :                     return false;
    1473             :                 }
    1474             :                 break;
    1475             :             }
    1476             :         case PGC_STRING:
    1477             :             {
    1478             :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1479             : 
    1480             :                 if (*conf->variable != NULL &&
    1481             :                     (conf->boot_val == NULL ||
    1482             :                      strcmp(*conf->variable, conf->boot_val) != 0))
    1483             :                 {
    1484             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_STRING) %s, boot_val=%s, C-var=%s",
    1485             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val ? conf->boot_val : "<null>", *conf->variable);
    1486             :                     return false;
    1487             :                 }
    1488             :                 break;
    1489             :             }
    1490             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1491             :             {
    1492             :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1493             : 
    1494             :                 if (*conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1495             :                 {
    1496             :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_ENUM) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1497             :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1498             :                     return false;
    1499             :                 }
    1500             :                 break;
    1501             :             }
    1502             :     }
    1503             : 
    1504             :     /* Flag combinations */
    1505             : 
    1506             :     /*
    1507             :      * GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL requires GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as a parameter not part of
    1508             :      * SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
    1509             :      */
    1510             :     if ((gconf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) &&
    1511             :         !(gconf->flags & GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE))
    1512             :     {
    1513             :         elog(LOG, "GUC %s flags: NO_SHOW_ALL and !NOT_IN_SAMPLE",
    1514             :              gconf->name);
    1515             :         return false;
    1516             :     }
    1517             : 
    1518             :     return true;
    1519             : }
    1520             : #endif
    1521             : 
    1522             : /*
    1523             :  * Initialize GUC options during program startup.
    1524             :  *
    1525             :  * Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
    1526             :  * processed command-line switches.
    1527             :  */
    1528             : void
    1529        1852 : InitializeGUCOptions(void)
    1530             : {
    1531             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    1532             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1533             : 
    1534             :     /*
    1535             :      * Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
    1536             :      * sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
    1537             :      */
    1538        1852 :     pg_timezone_initialize();
    1539             : 
    1540             :     /*
    1541             :      * Create GUCMemoryContext and build hash table of all GUC variables.
    1542             :      */
    1543        1852 :     build_guc_variables();
    1544             : 
    1545             :     /*
    1546             :      * Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
    1547             :      * status fields as needed.
    1548             :      */
    1549        1852 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    1550      711168 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    1551             :     {
    1552             :         /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    1553             :         Assert(check_GUC_init(hentry->gucvar));
    1554             : 
    1555      709316 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(hentry->gucvar);
    1556             :     }
    1557             : 
    1558        1852 :     reporting_enabled = false;
    1559             : 
    1560             :     /*
    1561             :      * Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
    1562             :      * non-interactive sources.
    1563             :      */
    1564        1852 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "read committed",
    1565             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1566        1852 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
    1567             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1568        1852 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
    1569             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1570             : 
    1571             :     /*
    1572             :      * For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
    1573             :      * environment variables.  Process those settings.
    1574             :      */
    1575        1852 :     InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
    1576        1852 : }
    1577             : 
    1578             : /*
    1579             :  * Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
    1580             :  *
    1581             :  * This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
    1582             :  * to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
    1583             :  * postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
    1584             :  * (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
    1585             :  * fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
    1586             :  */
    1587             : static void
    1588        2648 : InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
    1589             : {
    1590             :     char       *env;
    1591             :     long        stack_rlimit;
    1592             : 
    1593        2648 :     env = getenv("PGPORT");
    1594        2648 :     if (env != NULL)
    1595        2382 :         SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1596             : 
    1597        2648 :     env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
    1598        2648 :     if (env != NULL)
    1599         196 :         SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1600             : 
    1601        2648 :     env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
    1602        2648 :     if (env != NULL)
    1603          30 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1604             : 
    1605             :     /*
    1606             :      * rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
    1607             :      * the same.  If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
    1608             :      * default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
    1609             :      * Report the value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT if it's 2MB, or as
    1610             :      * PGC_S_ENV_VAR if it's reflecting the rlimit limit.
    1611             :      */
    1612        2648 :     stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
    1613        2648 :     if (stack_rlimit > 0)
    1614             :     {
    1615        2648 :         long        new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024L;
    1616             : 
    1617        2648 :         if (new_limit > 100)
    1618             :         {
    1619             :             GucSource   source;
    1620             :             char        limbuf[16];
    1621             : 
    1622        2648 :             if (new_limit < 2048)
    1623           0 :                 source = PGC_S_ENV_VAR;
    1624             :             else
    1625             :             {
    1626        2648 :                 new_limit = 2048;
    1627        2648 :                 source = PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT;
    1628             :             }
    1629        2648 :             snprintf(limbuf, sizeof(limbuf), "%ld", new_limit);
    1630        2648 :             SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
    1631             :                             PGC_POSTMASTER, source);
    1632             :         }
    1633             :     }
    1634        2648 : }
    1635             : 
    1636             : /*
    1637             :  * Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
    1638             :  *
    1639             :  * Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
    1640             :  * might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
    1641             :  */
    1642             : static void
    1643      792636 : InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1644             : {
    1645      792636 :     gconf->status = 0;
    1646      792636 :     gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1647      792636 :     gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1648      792636 :     gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1649      792636 :     gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1650      792636 :     gconf->srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1651      792636 :     gconf->reset_srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1652      792636 :     gconf->stack = NULL;
    1653      792636 :     gconf->extra = NULL;
    1654      792636 :     gconf->last_reported = NULL;
    1655      792636 :     gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
    1656      792636 :     gconf->sourceline = 0;
    1657             : 
    1658      792636 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1659             :     {
    1660      224820 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1661             :             {
    1662      224820 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1663      224820 :                 bool        newval = conf->boot_val;
    1664      224820 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1665             : 
    1666      224820 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1667             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1668           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1669             :                          conf->gen.name, (int) newval);
    1670      224820 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1671           0 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1672      224820 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1673      224820 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1674      224820 :                 break;
    1675             :             }
    1676      271652 :         case PGC_INT:
    1677             :             {
    1678      271652 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1679      271652 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1680      271652 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1681             : 
    1682             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1683             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1684      271652 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1685             :                                          PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1686           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1687             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1688      271652 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1689       20076 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1690      271652 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1691      271652 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1692      271652 :                 break;
    1693             :             }
    1694       46342 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1695             :             {
    1696       46342 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1697       46342 :                 double      newval = conf->boot_val;
    1698       46342 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1699             : 
    1700             :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1701             :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1702       46342 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1703             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1704           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
    1705             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1706       46342 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1707        3704 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1708       46342 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1709       46342 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1710       46342 :                 break;
    1711             :             }
    1712      168174 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1713             :             {
    1714      168174 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1715             :                 char       *newval;
    1716      168174 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1717             : 
    1718             :                 /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    1719      168174 :                 if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    1720      149756 :                     newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
    1721             :                 else
    1722       18418 :                     newval = NULL;
    1723             : 
    1724      168174 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1725             :                                             PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1726           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
    1727             :                          conf->gen.name, newval ? newval : "");
    1728      168174 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1729       89402 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1730      168174 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1731      168174 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1732      168174 :                 break;
    1733             :             }
    1734       81648 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1735             :             {
    1736       81648 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1737       81648 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1738       81648 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1739             : 
    1740       81648 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1741             :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1742           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1743             :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1744       81648 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1745       11112 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1746       81648 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1747       81648 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1748       81648 :                 break;
    1749             :             }
    1750             :     }
    1751      792636 : }
    1752             : 
    1753             : /*
    1754             :  * Summarily remove a GUC variable from any linked lists it's in.
    1755             :  *
    1756             :  * We use this in cases where the variable is about to be deleted or reset.
    1757             :  * These aren't common operations, so it's okay if this is a bit slow.
    1758             :  */
    1759             : static void
    1760       65790 : RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1761             : {
    1762       65790 :     if (gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1763       65790 :         dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1764       65790 :     if (gconf->stack != NULL)
    1765           0 :         slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    1766       65790 :     if (gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT)
    1767       10520 :         slist_delete(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1768       65790 : }
    1769             : 
    1770             : 
    1771             : /*
    1772             :  * Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
    1773             :  * do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
    1774             :  *
    1775             :  * This is called after processing command-line switches.
    1776             :  *      userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
    1777             :  *      progname is just for use in error messages.
    1778             :  *
    1779             :  * Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
    1780             :  * to stderr and returns false.
    1781             :  */
    1782             : bool
    1783        1804 : SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
    1784             : {
    1785             :     char       *configdir;
    1786             :     char       *fname;
    1787             :     bool        fname_is_malloced;
    1788             :     struct stat stat_buf;
    1789             :     struct config_string *data_directory_rec;
    1790             : 
    1791             :     /* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
    1792        1804 :     if (userDoption)
    1793        1482 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
    1794             :     else
    1795         322 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
    1796             : 
    1797        1804 :     if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1798             :     {
    1799           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %m\n",
    1800             :                      progname,
    1801             :                      configdir);
    1802           0 :         if (errno == ENOENT)
    1803           0 :             write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
    1804           0 :         return false;
    1805             :     }
    1806             : 
    1807             :     /*
    1808             :      * Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
    1809             :      * command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf.  In any case
    1810             :      * ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
    1811             :      * the same way by future backends.
    1812             :      */
    1813        1804 :     if (ConfigFileName)
    1814             :     {
    1815          20 :         fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
    1816          20 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1817             :     }
    1818        1784 :     else if (configdir)
    1819             :     {
    1820        1784 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1821        1784 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
    1822        1784 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
    1823        1784 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1824             :     }
    1825             :     else
    1826             :     {
    1827           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
    1828             :                      "You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
    1829             :                      "option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1830             :                      progname);
    1831           0 :         return false;
    1832             :     }
    1833             : 
    1834             :     /*
    1835             :      * Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
    1836             :      * it can't be overridden later.
    1837             :      */
    1838        1804 :     SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1839             : 
    1840        1804 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1841          20 :         free(fname);
    1842             :     else
    1843        1784 :         guc_free(fname);
    1844             : 
    1845             :     /*
    1846             :      * Now read the config file for the first time.
    1847             :      */
    1848        1804 :     if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1849             :     {
    1850           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %m\n",
    1851             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1852           0 :         free(configdir);
    1853           0 :         return false;
    1854             :     }
    1855             : 
    1856             :     /*
    1857             :      * Read the configuration file for the first time.  This time only the
    1858             :      * data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
    1859             :      * so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
    1860             :      */
    1861        1804 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1862             : 
    1863             :     /*
    1864             :      * If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
    1865             :      * otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
    1866             :      *
    1867             :      * Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
    1868             :      * have to.
    1869             :      */
    1870             :     data_directory_rec = (struct config_string *)
    1871        1804 :         find_option("data_directory", false, false, PANIC);
    1872        1804 :     if (*data_directory_rec->variable)
    1873           0 :         SetDataDir(*data_directory_rec->variable);
    1874        1804 :     else if (configdir)
    1875        1804 :         SetDataDir(configdir);
    1876             :     else
    1877             :     {
    1878           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
    1879             :                      "This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
    1880             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1881             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1882             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1883           0 :         return false;
    1884             :     }
    1885             : 
    1886             :     /*
    1887             :      * Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
    1888             :      * (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
    1889             :      * it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
    1890             :      * child backends specially.  XXX is that still true?  Given that we now
    1891             :      * chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
    1892             :      * DataDir in advance.)
    1893             :      */
    1894        1804 :     SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1895             : 
    1896             :     /*
    1897             :      * Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
    1898             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect.  (This is pretty ugly, but
    1899             :      * since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
    1900             :      * file, the alternatives seem worse.)
    1901             :      */
    1902        1804 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1903             : 
    1904             :     /*
    1905             :      * If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
    1906             :      * the default value.  We do it this way because we can't safely install a
    1907             :      * "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
    1908             :      * when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
    1909             :      * be the real desired default.
    1910             :      */
    1911        1800 :     pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
    1912             : 
    1913             :     /*
    1914             :      * Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
    1915             :      */
    1916        1800 :     if (HbaFileName)
    1917             :     {
    1918           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
    1919           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1920             :     }
    1921        1798 :     else if (configdir)
    1922             :     {
    1923        1798 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1924        1798 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
    1925        1798 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
    1926        1798 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1927             :     }
    1928             :     else
    1929             :     {
    1930           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
    1931             :                      "This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1932             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1933             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1934             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1935           0 :         return false;
    1936             :     }
    1937        1800 :     SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1938             : 
    1939        1800 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1940           2 :         free(fname);
    1941             :     else
    1942        1798 :         guc_free(fname);
    1943             : 
    1944             :     /*
    1945             :      * Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
    1946             :      */
    1947        1800 :     if (IdentFileName)
    1948             :     {
    1949           2 :         fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
    1950           2 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1951             :     }
    1952        1798 :     else if (configdir)
    1953             :     {
    1954        1798 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1955        1798 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
    1956        1798 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
    1957        1798 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1958             :     }
    1959             :     else
    1960             :     {
    1961           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
    1962             :                      "This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1963             :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1964             :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1965             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1966           0 :         return false;
    1967             :     }
    1968        1800 :     SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1969             : 
    1970        1800 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1971           2 :         free(fname);
    1972             :     else
    1973        1798 :         guc_free(fname);
    1974             : 
    1975        1800 :     free(configdir);
    1976             : 
    1977        1800 :     return true;
    1978             : }
    1979             : 
    1980             : /*
    1981             :  * pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
    1982             :  *
    1983             :  * This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf.  If no
    1984             :  * timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
    1985             :  * If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
    1986             :  *
    1987             :  * This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
    1988             :  * value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
    1989             :  */
    1990             : static void
    1991        2596 : pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
    1992             : {
    1993        2596 :     SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
    1994             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
    1995        2596 : }
    1996             : 
    1997             : 
    1998             : /*
    1999             :  * Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
    2000             :  */
    2001             : void
    2002           6 : ResetAllOptions(void)
    2003             : {
    2004             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    2005             : 
    2006             :     /* We need only consider GUCs not already at PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    2007         338 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    2008             :     {
    2009         332 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    2010             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    2011             : 
    2012             :         /* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
    2013         332 :         if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
    2014         306 :             gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
    2015         202 :             continue;
    2016             :         /* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
    2017         130 :         if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
    2018          24 :             continue;
    2019             :         /* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
    2020         106 :         if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    2021          94 :             continue;
    2022             : 
    2023             :         /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    2024          12 :         push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
    2025             : 
    2026          12 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    2027             :         {
    2028           0 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    2029             :                 {
    2030           0 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    2031             : 
    2032           0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2033           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2034             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2035           0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2036           0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2037             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2038           0 :                     break;
    2039             :                 }
    2040           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    2041             :                 {
    2042           0 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2043             : 
    2044           0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2045           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2046             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2047           0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2048           0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2049             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2050           0 :                     break;
    2051             :                 }
    2052           6 :             case PGC_REAL:
    2053             :                 {
    2054           6 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2055             : 
    2056           6 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2057           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2058             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2059           6 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2060           6 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2061             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2062           6 :                     break;
    2063             :                 }
    2064           6 :             case PGC_STRING:
    2065             :                 {
    2066           6 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2067             : 
    2068           6 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2069           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2070             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2071           6 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
    2072           6 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2073             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2074           6 :                     break;
    2075             :                 }
    2076           0 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    2077             :                 {
    2078           0 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2079             : 
    2080           0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2081           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2082             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2083           0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2084           0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2085             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2086           0 :                     break;
    2087             :                 }
    2088             :         }
    2089             : 
    2090          12 :         set_guc_source(gconf, gconf->reset_source);
    2091          12 :         gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
    2092          12 :         gconf->srole = gconf->reset_srole;
    2093             : 
    2094          12 :         if ((gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2095             :         {
    2096           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2097           0 :             slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2098             :         }
    2099             :     }
    2100           6 : }
    2101             : 
    2102             : 
    2103             : /*
    2104             :  * Apply a change to a GUC variable's "source" field.
    2105             :  *
    2106             :  * Use this rather than just assigning, to ensure that the variable's
    2107             :  * membership in guc_nondef_list is updated correctly.
    2108             :  */
    2109             : static void
    2110      819128 : set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource)
    2111             : {
    2112             :     /* Adjust nondef list membership if appropriate for change */
    2113      819128 :     if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2114             :     {
    2115      412970 :         if (newsource != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2116      412826 :             dlist_push_tail(&guc_nondef_list, &gconf->nondef_link);
    2117             :     }
    2118             :     else
    2119             :     {
    2120      406158 :         if (newsource == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2121       94800 :             dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    2122             :     }
    2123             :     /* Now update the source field */
    2124      819128 :     gconf->source = newsource;
    2125      819128 : }
    2126             : 
    2127             : 
    2128             : /*
    2129             :  * push_old_value
    2130             :  *      Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
    2131             :  */
    2132             : static void
    2133      244468 : push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action)
    2134             : {
    2135             :     GucStack   *stack;
    2136             : 
    2137             :     /* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
    2138      244468 :     if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
    2139           0 :         return;
    2140             : 
    2141             :     /* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
    2142      244468 :     stack = gconf->stack;
    2143      244468 :     if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
    2144             :     {
    2145             :         /* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
    2146             :         Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
    2147       11170 :         switch (action)
    2148             :         {
    2149       11040 :             case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2150             :                 /* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
    2151       11040 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2152             :                 {
    2153             :                     /* must discard old masked value */
    2154           0 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2155             :                 }
    2156       11040 :                 stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2157       11040 :                 break;
    2158         130 :             case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2159         130 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2160             :                 {
    2161             :                     /* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
    2162          12 :                     stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2163          12 :                     stack->masked_srole = gconf->srole;
    2164          12 :                     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2165          12 :                     stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2166             :                 }
    2167             :                 /* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
    2168         130 :                 break;
    2169           0 :             case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2170             :                 /* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
    2171             :                 Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
    2172           0 :                 break;
    2173             :         }
    2174       11170 :         return;
    2175             :     }
    2176             : 
    2177             :     /*
    2178             :      * Push a new stack entry
    2179             :      *
    2180             :      * We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
    2181             :      */
    2182      233298 :     stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    2183             :                                                 sizeof(GucStack));
    2184             : 
    2185      233298 :     stack->prev = gconf->stack;
    2186      233298 :     stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
    2187      233298 :     switch (action)
    2188             :     {
    2189       47028 :         case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2190       47028 :             stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2191       47028 :             break;
    2192        8226 :         case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2193        8226 :             stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
    2194        8226 :             break;
    2195      178044 :         case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2196      178044 :             stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
    2197      178044 :             break;
    2198             :     }
    2199      233298 :     stack->source = gconf->source;
    2200      233298 :     stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2201      233298 :     stack->srole = gconf->srole;
    2202      233298 :     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2203             : 
    2204      233298 :     if (gconf->stack == NULL)
    2205      205026 :         slist_push_head(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    2206      233298 :     gconf->stack = stack;
    2207             : }
    2208             : 
    2209             : 
    2210             : /*
    2211             :  * Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
    2212             :  */
    2213             : void
    2214      563092 : AtStart_GUC(void)
    2215             : {
    2216             :     /*
    2217             :      * The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
    2218             :      * didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel.  We
    2219             :      * throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
    2220             :      */
    2221      563092 :     if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
    2222           0 :         elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
    2223             :              GUCNestLevel);
    2224      563092 :     GUCNestLevel = 1;
    2225      563092 : }
    2226             : 
    2227             : /*
    2228             :  * Enter a new nesting level for GUC values.  This is called at subtransaction
    2229             :  * start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
    2230             :  * some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
    2231             :  * NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
    2232             :  */
    2233             : int
    2234      218026 : NewGUCNestLevel(void)
    2235             : {
    2236      218026 :     return ++GUCNestLevel;
    2237             : }
    2238             : 
    2239             : /*
    2240             :  * Set search_path to a fixed value for maintenance operations. No effect
    2241             :  * during bootstrap, when the search_path is already set to a fixed value and
    2242             :  * cannot be changed.
    2243             :  */
    2244             : void
    2245      188848 : RestrictSearchPath(void)
    2246             : {
    2247      188848 :     if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
    2248      139808 :         set_config_option("search_path", GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH, PGC_USERSET,
    2249             :                           PGC_S_SESSION, GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true, 0, false);
    2250      188848 : }
    2251             : 
    2252             : /*
    2253             :  * Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
    2254             :  * when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
    2255             :  * transient assignment to some GUC variables.  (The name is thus a bit of
    2256             :  * a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
    2257             :  * During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
    2258             :  * levels >= nestLevel.  nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
    2259             :  */
    2260             : void
    2261      779712 : AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
    2262             : {
    2263             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2264             : 
    2265             :     /*
    2266             :      * Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
    2267             :      * abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
    2268             :      * AtStart_GUC is called.
    2269             :      */
    2270             :     Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
    2271             :            (nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
    2272             :             (nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
    2273             : 
    2274             :     /* We need only process GUCs having nonempty stacks */
    2275     1022062 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_stack_list)
    2276             :     {
    2277      242350 :         struct config_generic *gconf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2278             :                                                        stack_link, iter.cur);
    2279             :         GucStack   *stack;
    2280             : 
    2281             :         /*
    2282             :          * Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
    2283             :          * fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
    2284             :          * we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
    2285             :          * recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
    2286             :          * so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
    2287             :          */
    2288      475680 :         while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
    2289      270658 :                stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
    2290             :         {
    2291      233330 :             GucStack   *prev = stack->prev;
    2292      233330 :             bool        restorePrior = false;
    2293      233330 :             bool        restoreMasked = false;
    2294             :             bool        changed;
    2295             : 
    2296             :             /*
    2297             :              * In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
    2298             :              * restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
    2299             :              * stack entries to avoid leaking memory.  If we do set one of
    2300             :              * those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
    2301             :              */
    2302      233330 :             if (!isCommit)      /* if abort, always restore prior value */
    2303      144332 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2304       88998 :             else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
    2305       37346 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2306       51652 :             else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
    2307             :             {
    2308             :                 /* transaction commit */
    2309       51610 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2310          12 :                     restoreMasked = true;
    2311       51598 :                 else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2312             :                 {
    2313             :                     /* we keep the current active value */
    2314       45070 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2315             :                 }
    2316             :                 else            /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
    2317        6528 :                     restorePrior = true;
    2318             :             }
    2319          42 :             else if (prev == NULL ||
    2320          12 :                      prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
    2321             :             {
    2322             :                 /* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
    2323          36 :                 stack->nest_level--;
    2324          36 :                 continue;
    2325             :             }
    2326             :             else
    2327             :             {
    2328             :                 /*
    2329             :                  * We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
    2330             :                  * discussion of this bit.
    2331             :                  */
    2332           6 :                 switch (stack->state)
    2333             :                 {
    2334           0 :                     case GUC_SAVE:
    2335             :                         Assert(false);  /* can't get here */
    2336           0 :                         break;
    2337             : 
    2338           6 :                     case GUC_SET:
    2339             :                         /* next level always becomes SET */
    2340           6 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2341           6 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2342           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2343           6 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET;
    2344           6 :                         break;
    2345             : 
    2346           0 :                     case GUC_LOCAL:
    2347           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
    2348             :                         {
    2349             :                             /* LOCAL migrates down */
    2350           0 :                             prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
    2351           0 :                             prev->masked_srole = stack->srole;
    2352           0 :                             prev->masked = stack->prior;
    2353           0 :                             prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2354             :                         }
    2355             :                         else
    2356             :                         {
    2357             :                             /* else just forget this stack level */
    2358           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2359             :                         }
    2360           0 :                         break;
    2361             : 
    2362           0 :                     case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    2363             :                         /* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
    2364           0 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2365             :                         /* copy down the masked state */
    2366           0 :                         prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2367           0 :                         prev->masked_srole = stack->masked_srole;
    2368           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2369           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2370           0 :                         prev->masked = stack->masked;
    2371           0 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2372           0 :                         break;
    2373             :                 }
    2374      233294 :             }
    2375             : 
    2376      233294 :             changed = false;
    2377             : 
    2378      233294 :             if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
    2379             :             {
    2380             :                 /* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
    2381             :                 config_var_value newvalue;
    2382             :                 GucSource   newsource;
    2383             :                 GucContext  newscontext;
    2384             :                 Oid         newsrole;
    2385             : 
    2386      188218 :                 if (restoreMasked)
    2387             :                 {
    2388          12 :                     newvalue = stack->masked;
    2389          12 :                     newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
    2390          12 :                     newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2391          12 :                     newsrole = stack->masked_srole;
    2392             :                 }
    2393             :                 else
    2394             :                 {
    2395      188206 :                     newvalue = stack->prior;
    2396      188206 :                     newsource = stack->source;
    2397      188206 :                     newscontext = stack->scontext;
    2398      188206 :                     newsrole = stack->srole;
    2399             :                 }
    2400             : 
    2401      188218 :                 switch (gconf->vartype)
    2402             :                 {
    2403        3090 :                     case PGC_BOOL:
    2404             :                         {
    2405        3090 :                             struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    2406        3090 :                             bool        newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
    2407        3090 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2408             : 
    2409        3090 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2410         434 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2411             :                             {
    2412        2656 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2413           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2414        2656 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2415        2656 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2416             :                                                 newextra);
    2417        2656 :                                 changed = true;
    2418             :                             }
    2419        3090 :                             break;
    2420             :                         }
    2421        9548 :                     case PGC_INT:
    2422             :                         {
    2423        9548 :                             struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2424        9548 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.intval;
    2425        9548 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2426             : 
    2427        9548 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2428         196 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2429             :                             {
    2430        9352 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2431           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2432        9352 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2433        9352 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2434             :                                                 newextra);
    2435        9352 :                                 changed = true;
    2436             :                             }
    2437        9548 :                             break;
    2438             :                         }
    2439        1402 :                     case PGC_REAL:
    2440             :                         {
    2441        1402 :                             struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2442        1402 :                             double      newval = newvalue.val.realval;
    2443        1402 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2444             : 
    2445        1402 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2446          24 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2447             :                             {
    2448        1378 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2449           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2450        1378 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2451        1378 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2452             :                                                 newextra);
    2453        1378 :                                 changed = true;
    2454             :                             }
    2455        1402 :                             break;
    2456             :                         }
    2457      158546 :                     case PGC_STRING:
    2458             :                         {
    2459      158546 :                             struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2460      158546 :                             char       *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
    2461      158546 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2462             : 
    2463      158546 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2464          14 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2465             :                             {
    2466      158532 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2467      158012 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2468      158532 :                                 set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    2469      158532 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2470             :                                                 newextra);
    2471      158532 :                                 changed = true;
    2472             :                             }
    2473             : 
    2474             :                             /*
    2475             :                              * Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
    2476             :                              * could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
    2477             :                              * we have type-specific code anyway, might as
    2478             :                              * well inline it.
    2479             :                              */
    2480      158546 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
    2481      158546 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
    2482      158546 :                             break;
    2483             :                         }
    2484       15632 :                     case PGC_ENUM:
    2485             :                         {
    2486       15632 :                             struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2487       15632 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
    2488       15632 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2489             : 
    2490       15632 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2491         914 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2492             :                             {
    2493       14718 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2494          30 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2495       14718 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2496       14718 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2497             :                                                 newextra);
    2498       14718 :                                 changed = true;
    2499             :                             }
    2500       15632 :                             break;
    2501             :                         }
    2502             :                 }
    2503             : 
    2504             :                 /*
    2505             :                  * Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
    2506             :                  */
    2507      188218 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
    2508      188218 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
    2509             : 
    2510             :                 /* And restore source information */
    2511      188218 :                 set_guc_source(gconf, newsource);
    2512      188218 :                 gconf->scontext = newscontext;
    2513      188218 :                 gconf->srole = newsrole;
    2514             :             }
    2515             : 
    2516             :             /*
    2517             :              * Pop the GUC's state stack; if it's now empty, remove the GUC
    2518             :              * from guc_stack_list.
    2519             :              */
    2520      233294 :             gconf->stack = prev;
    2521      233294 :             if (prev == NULL)
    2522      205022 :                 slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2523      233294 :             pfree(stack);
    2524             : 
    2525             :             /* Report new value if we changed it */
    2526      233294 :             if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    2527       16296 :                 !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2528             :             {
    2529         228 :                 gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2530         228 :                 slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2531             :             }
    2532             :         }                       /* end of stack-popping loop */
    2533             :     }
    2534             : 
    2535             :     /* Update nesting level */
    2536      779712 :     GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
    2537      779712 : }
    2538             : 
    2539             : 
    2540             : /*
    2541             :  * Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
    2542             :  * This is executed at completion of backend startup.
    2543             :  */
    2544             : void
    2545       21072 : BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
    2546             : {
    2547             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    2548             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    2549             : 
    2550             :     /*
    2551             :      * Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend.
    2552             :      */
    2553       21072 :     if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote)
    2554          94 :         return;
    2555             : 
    2556       20978 :     reporting_enabled = true;
    2557             : 
    2558             :     /*
    2559             :      * Hack for in_hot_standby: set the GUC value true if appropriate.  This
    2560             :      * is kind of an ugly place to do it, but there's few better options.
    2561             :      *
    2562             :      * (This could be out of date by the time we actually send it, in which
    2563             :      * case the next ReportChangedGUCOptions call will send a duplicate
    2564             :      * report.)
    2565             :      */
    2566       20978 :     if (RecoveryInProgress())
    2567         996 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "true",
    2568             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2569             : 
    2570             :     /* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
    2571       20978 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    2572     8059144 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    2573             :     {
    2574     8038166 :         struct config_generic *conf = hentry->gucvar;
    2575             : 
    2576     8038166 :         if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
    2577      293692 :             ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2578             :     }
    2579             : }
    2580             : 
    2581             : /*
    2582             :  * ReportChangedGUCOptions: report recently-changed GUC_REPORT variables
    2583             :  *
    2584             :  * This is called just before we wait for a new client query.
    2585             :  *
    2586             :  * By handling things this way, we ensure that a ParameterStatus message
    2587             :  * is sent at most once per variable per query, even if the variable
    2588             :  * changed multiple times within the query.  That's quite possible when
    2589             :  * using features such as function SET clauses.  Function SET clauses
    2590             :  * also tend to cause values to change intraquery but eventually revert
    2591             :  * to their prevailing values; ReportGUCOption is responsible for avoiding
    2592             :  * redundant reports in such cases.
    2593             :  */
    2594             : void
    2595      635698 : ReportChangedGUCOptions(void)
    2596             : {
    2597             :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2598             : 
    2599             :     /* Quick exit if not (yet) enabled */
    2600      635698 :     if (!reporting_enabled)
    2601       53826 :         return;
    2602             : 
    2603             :     /*
    2604             :      * Since in_hot_standby isn't actually changed by normal GUC actions, we
    2605             :      * need a hack to check whether a new value needs to be reported to the
    2606             :      * client.  For speed, we rely on the assumption that it can never
    2607             :      * transition from false to true.
    2608             :      */
    2609      581872 :     if (in_hot_standby_guc && !RecoveryInProgress())
    2610           8 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "false",
    2611             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2612             : 
    2613             :     /* Transmit new values of interesting variables */
    2614      748318 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_report_list)
    2615             :     {
    2616      166446 :         struct config_generic *conf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2617             :                                                       report_link, iter.cur);
    2618             : 
    2619             :         Assert((conf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && (conf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT));
    2620      166446 :         ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2621      166446 :         conf->status &= ~GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2622      166446 :         slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2623             :     }
    2624             : }
    2625             : 
    2626             : /*
    2627             :  * ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
    2628             :  *
    2629             :  * We need not transmit the value if it's the same as what we last
    2630             :  * transmitted.
    2631             :  */
    2632             : static void
    2633      460138 : ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record)
    2634             : {
    2635      460138 :     char       *val = ShowGUCOption(record, false);
    2636             : 
    2637      460138 :     if (record->last_reported == NULL ||
    2638      166446 :         strcmp(val, record->last_reported) != 0)
    2639             :     {
    2640             :         StringInfoData msgbuf;
    2641             : 
    2642      302264 :         pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, PqMsg_ParameterStatus);
    2643      302264 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
    2644      302264 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
    2645      302264 :         pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
    2646             : 
    2647             :         /*
    2648             :          * We need a long-lifespan copy.  If guc_strdup() fails due to OOM,
    2649             :          * we'll set last_reported to NULL and thereby possibly make a
    2650             :          * duplicate report later.
    2651             :          */
    2652      302264 :         guc_free(record->last_reported);
    2653      302264 :         record->last_reported = guc_strdup(LOG, val);
    2654             :     }
    2655             : 
    2656      460138 :     pfree(val);
    2657      460138 : }
    2658             : 
    2659             : /*
    2660             :  * Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
    2661             :  * to the given base unit.  'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
    2662             :  * to convert from (there can be trailing spaces in the unit string).
    2663             :  * The converted value is stored in *base_value.
    2664             :  * It's caller's responsibility to round off the converted value as necessary
    2665             :  * and check for out-of-range.
    2666             :  *
    2667             :  * Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
    2668             :  */
    2669             : static bool
    2670       10592 : convert_to_base_unit(double value, const char *unit,
    2671             :                      int base_unit, double *base_value)
    2672             : {
    2673             :     char        unitstr[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
    2674             :     int         unitlen;
    2675             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2676             :     int         i;
    2677             : 
    2678             :     /* extract unit string to compare to table entries */
    2679       10592 :     unitlen = 0;
    2680       31674 :     while (*unit != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *unit) &&
    2681             :            unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
    2682       21082 :         unitstr[unitlen++] = *(unit++);
    2683       10592 :     unitstr[unitlen] = '\0';
    2684             :     /* allow whitespace after unit */
    2685       10592 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *unit))
    2686           0 :         unit++;
    2687       10592 :     if (*unit != '\0')
    2688           0 :         return false;           /* unit too long, or garbage after it */
    2689             : 
    2690             :     /* now search the appropriate table */
    2691       10592 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2692        8210 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2693             :     else
    2694        2382 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2695             : 
    2696      127144 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2697             :     {
    2698      127144 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
    2699       35506 :             strcmp(unitstr, table[i].unit) == 0)
    2700             :         {
    2701       10592 :             double      cvalue = value * table[i].multiplier;
    2702             : 
    2703             :             /*
    2704             :              * If the user gave a fractional value such as "30.1GB", round it
    2705             :              * off to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit, if there
    2706             :              * is one.
    2707             :              */
    2708       10592 :             if (*table[i + 1].unit &&
    2709       10592 :                 base_unit == table[i + 1].base_unit)
    2710       10586 :                 cvalue = rint(cvalue / table[i + 1].multiplier) *
    2711       10586 :                     table[i + 1].multiplier;
    2712             : 
    2713       10592 :             *base_value = cvalue;
    2714       10592 :             return true;
    2715             :         }
    2716             :     }
    2717           0 :     return false;
    2718             : }
    2719             : 
    2720             : /*
    2721             :  * Convert an integer value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2722             :  *
    2723             :  * The output unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent
    2724             :  * the value without loss.  For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024
    2725             :  * is converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
    2726             :  */
    2727             : static void
    2728         670 : convert_int_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
    2729             :                            int64 *value, const char **unit)
    2730             : {
    2731             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2732             :     int         i;
    2733             : 
    2734         670 :     *unit = NULL;
    2735             : 
    2736         670 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2737         602 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2738             :     else
    2739          68 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2740             : 
    2741        4746 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2742             :     {
    2743        4746 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2744             :         {
    2745             :             /*
    2746             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly.  We
    2747             :              * assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
    2748             :              * greatest unit to the smallest!
    2749             :              */
    2750        2120 :             if (table[i].multiplier <= 1.0 ||
    2751        2010 :                 base_value % (int64) table[i].multiplier == 0)
    2752             :             {
    2753         670 :                 *value = (int64) rint(base_value / table[i].multiplier);
    2754         670 :                 *unit = table[i].unit;
    2755         670 :                 break;
    2756             :             }
    2757             :         }
    2758             :     }
    2759             : 
    2760             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2761         670 : }
    2762             : 
    2763             : /*
    2764             :  * Convert a floating-point value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2765             :  *
    2766             :  * Same as above, except we have to do the math a bit differently, and
    2767             :  * there's a possibility that we don't find any exact divisor.
    2768             :  */
    2769             : static void
    2770         268 : convert_real_from_base_unit(double base_value, int base_unit,
    2771             :                             double *value, const char **unit)
    2772             : {
    2773             :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2774             :     int         i;
    2775             : 
    2776         268 :     *unit = NULL;
    2777             : 
    2778         268 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2779           0 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2780             :     else
    2781         268 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2782             : 
    2783        1364 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2784             :     {
    2785        1364 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2786             :         {
    2787             :             /*
    2788             :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly; or
    2789             :              * if there is none, use the smallest (last) target unit.
    2790             :              *
    2791             :              * What we actually care about here is whether snprintf with "%g"
    2792             :              * will print the value as an integer, so the obvious test of
    2793             :              * "*value == rint(*value)" is too strict; roundoff error might
    2794             :              * make us choose an unreasonably small unit.  As a compromise,
    2795             :              * accept a divisor that is within 1e-8 of producing an integer.
    2796             :              */
    2797        1364 :             *value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
    2798        1364 :             *unit = table[i].unit;
    2799        1364 :             if (*value > 0 &&
    2800        1364 :                 fabs((rint(*value) / *value) - 1.0) <= 1e-8)
    2801         268 :                 break;
    2802             :         }
    2803             :     }
    2804             : 
    2805             :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2806         268 : }
    2807             : 
    2808             : /*
    2809             :  * Return the name of a GUC's base unit (e.g. "ms") given its flags.
    2810             :  * Return NULL if the GUC is unitless.
    2811             :  */
    2812             : const char *
    2813     1475120 : get_config_unit_name(int flags)
    2814             : {
    2815     1475120 :     switch (flags & GUC_UNIT)
    2816             :     {
    2817     1181602 :         case 0:
    2818     1181602 :             return NULL;        /* GUC has no units */
    2819       19310 :         case GUC_UNIT_BYTE:
    2820       19310 :             return "B";
    2821       46344 :         case GUC_UNIT_KB:
    2822       46344 :             return "kB";
    2823       23172 :         case GUC_UNIT_MB:
    2824       23172 :             return "MB";
    2825       65654 :         case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
    2826             :             {
    2827             :                 static char bbuf[8];
    2828             : 
    2829             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2830       65654 :                 if (bbuf[0] == '\0')
    2831          62 :                     snprintf(bbuf, sizeof(bbuf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2832       65654 :                 return bbuf;
    2833             :             }
    2834        7724 :         case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
    2835             :             {
    2836             :                 static char xbuf[8];
    2837             : 
    2838             :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2839        7724 :                 if (xbuf[0] == '\0')
    2840          62 :                     snprintf(xbuf, sizeof(xbuf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2841        7724 :                 return xbuf;
    2842             :             }
    2843       84970 :         case GUC_UNIT_MS:
    2844       84970 :             return "ms";
    2845       38620 :         case GUC_UNIT_S:
    2846       38620 :             return "s";
    2847        7724 :         case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
    2848        7724 :             return "min";
    2849           0 :         default:
    2850           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized GUC units value: %d",
    2851             :                  flags & GUC_UNIT);
    2852             :             return NULL;
    2853             :     }
    2854             : }
    2855             : 
    2856             : 
    2857             : /*
    2858             :  * Try to parse value as an integer.  The accepted formats are the
    2859             :  * usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, as well as floating-point
    2860             :  * formats (which will be rounded to integer after any units conversion).
    2861             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2862             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2863             :  *
    2864             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2865             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2866             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2867             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2868             :  */
    2869             : bool
    2870       81412 : parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2871             : {
    2872             :     /*
    2873             :      * We assume here that double is wide enough to represent any integer
    2874             :      * value with adequate precision.
    2875             :      */
    2876             :     double      val;
    2877             :     char       *endptr;
    2878             : 
    2879             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2880       81412 :     if (result)
    2881       81412 :         *result = 0;
    2882       81412 :     if (hintmsg)
    2883       73802 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2884             : 
    2885             :     /*
    2886             :      * Try to parse as an integer (allowing octal or hex input).  If the
    2887             :      * conversion stops at a decimal point or 'e', or overflows, re-parse as
    2888             :      * float.  This should work fine as long as we have no unit names starting
    2889             :      * with 'e'.  If we ever do, the test could be extended to check for a
    2890             :      * sign or digit after 'e', but for now that's unnecessary.
    2891             :      */
    2892       81412 :     errno = 0;
    2893       81412 :     val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
    2894       81412 :     if (*endptr == '.' || *endptr == 'e' || *endptr == 'E' ||
    2895       81400 :         errno == ERANGE)
    2896             :     {
    2897          12 :         errno = 0;
    2898          12 :         val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2899             :     }
    2900             : 
    2901       81412 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2902          22 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2903             : 
    2904             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range check below) */
    2905       81390 :     if (isnan(val))
    2906           0 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2907             : 
    2908             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2909       81426 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2910          36 :         endptr++;
    2911             : 
    2912             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2913       81390 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2914             :     {
    2915       10584 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2916           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2917             : 
    2918       10580 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2919             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2920             :                                   &val))
    2921             :         {
    2922             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2923           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2924             :             {
    2925           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2926           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2927             :                 else
    2928           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2929             :             }
    2930           0 :             return false;
    2931             :         }
    2932             :     }
    2933             : 
    2934             :     /* Round to int, then check for overflow */
    2935       81386 :     val = rint(val);
    2936             : 
    2937       81386 :     if (val > INT_MAX || val < INT_MIN)
    2938             :     {
    2939           6 :         if (hintmsg)
    2940           6 :             *hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
    2941           6 :         return false;
    2942             :     }
    2943             : 
    2944       81380 :     if (result)
    2945       81380 :         *result = (int) val;
    2946       81380 :     return true;
    2947             : }
    2948             : 
    2949             : /*
    2950             :  * Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
    2951             :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2952             :  * a unit is allowed.
    2953             :  *
    2954             :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2955             :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2956             :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2957             :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2958             :  */
    2959             : bool
    2960        8400 : parse_real(const char *value, double *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2961             : {
    2962             :     double      val;
    2963             :     char       *endptr;
    2964             : 
    2965             :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2966        8400 :     if (result)
    2967        8400 :         *result = 0;
    2968        8400 :     if (hintmsg)
    2969        7910 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2970             : 
    2971        8400 :     errno = 0;
    2972        8400 :     val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2973             : 
    2974        8400 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2975          16 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2976             : 
    2977             :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range checks later) */
    2978        8384 :     if (isnan(val))
    2979           6 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2980             : 
    2981             :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2982        8378 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2983           0 :         endptr++;
    2984             : 
    2985             :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2986        8378 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2987             :     {
    2988          16 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2989           4 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2990             : 
    2991          12 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2992             :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2993             :                                   &val))
    2994             :         {
    2995             :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2996           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2997             :             {
    2998           0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2999           0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    3000             :                 else
    3001           0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    3002             :             }
    3003           0 :             return false;
    3004             :         }
    3005             :     }
    3006             : 
    3007        8374 :     if (result)
    3008        8374 :         *result = val;
    3009        8374 :     return true;
    3010             : }
    3011             : 
    3012             : 
    3013             : /*
    3014             :  * Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
    3015             :  * Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
    3016             :  * an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
    3017             :  *
    3018             :  * The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
    3019             :  * allocated for modification.
    3020             :  */
    3021             : const char *
    3022      488200 : config_enum_lookup_by_value(struct config_enum *record, int val)
    3023             : {
    3024             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3025             : 
    3026     1237750 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3027             :     {
    3028     1237750 :         if (entry->val == val)
    3029      488200 :             return entry->name;
    3030             :     }
    3031             : 
    3032           0 :     elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
    3033             :          val, record->gen.name);
    3034             :     return NULL;                /* silence compiler */
    3035             : }
    3036             : 
    3037             : 
    3038             : /*
    3039             :  * Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
    3040             :  * (case-insensitive).
    3041             :  * If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
    3042             :  * true. If it's not found, return false and retval is set to 0.
    3043             :  */
    3044             : bool
    3045       54850 : config_enum_lookup_by_name(struct config_enum *record, const char *value,
    3046             :                            int *retval)
    3047             : {
    3048             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3049             : 
    3050      123026 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3051             :     {
    3052      122996 :         if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
    3053             :         {
    3054       54820 :             *retval = entry->val;
    3055       54820 :             return true;
    3056             :         }
    3057             :     }
    3058             : 
    3059          30 :     *retval = 0;
    3060          30 :     return false;
    3061             : }
    3062             : 
    3063             : 
    3064             : /*
    3065             :  * Return a palloc'd string listing all the available options for an enum GUC
    3066             :  * (excluding hidden ones), separated by the given separator.
    3067             :  * If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
    3068             :  * If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
    3069             :  */
    3070             : char *
    3071      150614 : config_enum_get_options(struct config_enum *record, const char *prefix,
    3072             :                         const char *suffix, const char *separator)
    3073             : {
    3074             :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3075             :     StringInfoData retstr;
    3076             :     int         seplen;
    3077             : 
    3078      150614 :     initStringInfo(&retstr);
    3079      150614 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
    3080             : 
    3081      150614 :     seplen = strlen(separator);
    3082      996404 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3083             :     {
    3084      845790 :         if (!entry->hidden)
    3085             :         {
    3086      606310 :             appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
    3087      606310 :             appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
    3088             :         }
    3089             :     }
    3090             : 
    3091             :     /*
    3092             :      * All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
    3093             :      * prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
    3094             :      * use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
    3095             :      * don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
    3096             :      * something smart with it.
    3097             :      */
    3098      150614 :     if (retstr.len >= seplen)
    3099             :     {
    3100             :         /* Replace final separator */
    3101      150614 :         retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
    3102      150614 :         retstr.len -= seplen;
    3103             :     }
    3104             : 
    3105      150614 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
    3106             : 
    3107      150614 :     return retstr.data;
    3108             : }
    3109             : 
    3110             : /*
    3111             :  * Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
    3112             :  * parameter.
    3113             :  *
    3114             :  * This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
    3115             :  * and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
    3116             :  *
    3117             :  * record: GUC variable's info record
    3118             :  * name: variable name (should match the record of course)
    3119             :  * value: proposed value, as a string
    3120             :  * source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
    3121             :  * elevel: level to log any error reports at
    3122             :  * newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
    3123             :  * newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
    3124             :  *  (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
    3125             :  *
    3126             :  * Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
    3127             :  */
    3128             : static bool
    3129      637428 : parse_and_validate_value(struct config_generic *record,
    3130             :                          const char *name, const char *value,
    3131             :                          GucSource source, int elevel,
    3132             :                          union config_var_val *newval, void **newextra)
    3133             : {
    3134      637428 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3135             :     {
    3136      119140 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3137             :             {
    3138      119140 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3139             : 
    3140      119140 :                 if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
    3141             :                 {
    3142           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3143             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3144             :                              errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
    3145             :                                     name)));
    3146           0 :                     return false;
    3147             :                 }
    3148             : 
    3149      119140 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval->boolval, newextra,
    3150             :                                           source, elevel))
    3151           0 :                     return false;
    3152             :             }
    3153      119116 :             break;
    3154       73748 :         case PGC_INT:
    3155             :             {
    3156       73748 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3157             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3158             : 
    3159       73748 :                 if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
    3160             :                                conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3161             :                 {
    3162           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3163             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3164             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3165             :                                     name, value),
    3166             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3167           0 :                     return false;
    3168             :                 }
    3169             : 
    3170       73748 :                 if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
    3171             :                 {
    3172           0 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3173             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3174             : 
    3175           0 :                     if (unit)
    3176           0 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3177             :                     else
    3178           0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3179             : 
    3180           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3181             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3182             :                              errmsg("%d%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d%s%s .. %d%s%s)",
    3183             :                                     newval->intval, unitspace, unit,
    3184             :                                     name,
    3185             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3186             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3187           0 :                     return false;
    3188             :                 }
    3189             : 
    3190       73748 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval->intval, newextra,
    3191             :                                          source, elevel))
    3192           0 :                     return false;
    3193             :             }
    3194       73748 :             break;
    3195        7910 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3196             :             {
    3197        7910 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3198             :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3199             : 
    3200        7910 :                 if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval,
    3201             :                                 conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3202             :                 {
    3203           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3204             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3205             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3206             :                                     name, value),
    3207             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3208           0 :                     return false;
    3209             :                 }
    3210             : 
    3211        7904 :                 if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
    3212             :                 {
    3213           6 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3214             :                     const char *unitspace;
    3215             : 
    3216           6 :                     if (unit)
    3217           6 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3218             :                     else
    3219           0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3220             : 
    3221           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3222             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3223             :                              errmsg("%g%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g%s%s .. %g%s%s)",
    3224             :                                     newval->realval, unitspace, unit,
    3225             :                                     name,
    3226             :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3227             :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3228           0 :                     return false;
    3229             :                 }
    3230             : 
    3231        7898 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval->realval, newextra,
    3232             :                                           source, elevel))
    3233           0 :                     return false;
    3234             :             }
    3235        7898 :             break;
    3236      381780 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3237             :             {
    3238      381780 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    3239             : 
    3240             :                 /*
    3241             :                  * The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
    3242             :                  * always strdup it.
    3243             :                  */
    3244      381780 :                 newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
    3245      381780 :                 if (newval->stringval == NULL)
    3246           0 :                     return false;
    3247             : 
    3248             :                 /*
    3249             :                  * The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
    3250             :                  * truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
    3251             :                  */
    3252      381780 :                 if (conf->gen.flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
    3253      109210 :                     truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
    3254      109210 :                                         strlen(newval->stringval),
    3255             :                                         true);
    3256             : 
    3257      381780 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval->stringval, newextra,
    3258             :                                             source, elevel))
    3259             :                 {
    3260           0 :                     guc_free(newval->stringval);
    3261           0 :                     newval->stringval = NULL;
    3262           0 :                     return false;
    3263             :                 }
    3264             :             }
    3265      381738 :             break;
    3266       54850 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    3267             :             {
    3268       54850 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    3269             : 
    3270       54850 :                 if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
    3271             :                 {
    3272             :                     char       *hintmsg;
    3273             : 
    3274          30 :                     hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
    3275             :                                                       "Available values: ",
    3276             :                                                       ".", ", ");
    3277             : 
    3278          30 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3279             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3280             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3281             :                                     name, value),
    3282             :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3283             : 
    3284           0 :                     if (hintmsg)
    3285           0 :                         pfree(hintmsg);
    3286           0 :                     return false;
    3287             :                 }
    3288             : 
    3289       54820 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval->enumval, newextra,
    3290             :                                           source, elevel))
    3291           0 :                     return false;
    3292             :             }
    3293       54818 :             break;
    3294             :     }
    3295             : 
    3296      637318 :     return true;
    3297             : }
    3298             : 
    3299             : 
    3300             : /*
    3301             :  * set_config_option: sets option `name' to given value.
    3302             :  *
    3303             :  * The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
    3304             :  * the appropriate data type.  The context and source parameters indicate
    3305             :  * in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
    3306             :  * access restrictions properly.
    3307             :  *
    3308             :  * If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
    3309             :  * reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
    3310             :  *
    3311             :  * action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
    3312             :  * to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
    3313             :  *
    3314             :  * If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
    3315             :  * the checks to see if it would work.
    3316             :  *
    3317             :  * elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
    3318             :  * its standard choice of ereport level.  However some callers need to be
    3319             :  * able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
    3320             :  *
    3321             :  * is_reload should be true only when called from read_nondefault_variables()
    3322             :  * or RestoreGUCState(), where we are trying to load some other process's
    3323             :  * GUC settings into a new process.
    3324             :  *
    3325             :  * Return value:
    3326             :  *  +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
    3327             :  *  0:  the name or value is invalid (but see below).
    3328             :  *  -1: the value was not applied because of context, priority, or changeVal.
    3329             :  *
    3330             :  * If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value) then an
    3331             :  * ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
    3332             :  * we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
    3333             :  * and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
    3334             :  * a less-than-ERROR elevel).  In those cases we write a suitable error
    3335             :  * message via ereport() and return 0.
    3336             :  *
    3337             :  * See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
    3338             :  */
    3339             : int
    3340      550594 : set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
    3341             :                   GucContext context, GucSource source,
    3342             :                   GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3343             :                   bool is_reload)
    3344             : {
    3345             :     Oid         srole;
    3346             : 
    3347             :     /*
    3348             :      * Non-interactive sources should be treated as having all privileges,
    3349             :      * except for PGC_S_CLIENT.  Note in particular that this is true for
    3350             :      * pg_db_role_setting sources (PGC_S_GLOBAL etc): we assume a suitable
    3351             :      * privilege check was done when the pg_db_role_setting entry was made.
    3352             :      */
    3353      550594 :     if (source >= PGC_S_INTERACTIVE || source == PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3354      264496 :         srole = GetUserId();
    3355             :     else
    3356      286098 :         srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    3357             : 
    3358      550594 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3359             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3360             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3361             :                                   is_reload);
    3362             : }
    3363             : 
    3364             : /*
    3365             :  * set_config_option_ext: sets option `name' to given value.
    3366             :  *
    3367             :  * This API adds the ability to explicitly specify which role OID
    3368             :  * is considered to be setting the value.  Most external callers can use
    3369             :  * set_config_option() and let it determine that based on the GucSource,
    3370             :  * but there are a few that are supplying a value that was determined
    3371             :  * in some special way and need to override the decision.  Also, when
    3372             :  * restoring a previously-assigned value, it's important to supply the
    3373             :  * same role OID that set the value originally; so all guc.c callers
    3374             :  * that are doing that type of thing need to call this directly.
    3375             :  *
    3376             :  * Generally, srole should be GetUserId() when the source is a SQL operation,
    3377             :  * or BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID if the source is a config file or similar.
    3378             :  */
    3379             : int
    3380       90976 : set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value,
    3381             :                       GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3382             :                       GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3383             :                       bool is_reload)
    3384             : {
    3385       90976 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3386             :                                   context, source, srole,
    3387             :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3388             :                                   is_reload);
    3389             : }
    3390             : 
    3391             : 
    3392             : /*
    3393             :  * set_config_with_handle: takes an optional 'handle' argument, which can be
    3394             :  * obtained by the caller from get_config_handle().
    3395             :  *
    3396             :  * This should be used by callers which repeatedly set the same config
    3397             :  * option(s), and want to avoid the overhead of a hash lookup each time.
    3398             :  */
    3399             : int
    3400      641652 : set_config_with_handle(const char *name, config_handle *handle,
    3401             :                        const char *value,
    3402             :                        GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3403             :                        GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3404             :                        bool is_reload)
    3405             : {
    3406             :     struct config_generic *record;
    3407             :     union config_var_val newval_union;
    3408      641652 :     void       *newextra = NULL;
    3409      641652 :     bool        prohibitValueChange = false;
    3410             :     bool        makeDefault;
    3411             : 
    3412      641652 :     if (elevel == 0)
    3413             :     {
    3414      550680 :         if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
    3415             :         {
    3416             :             /*
    3417             :              * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
    3418             :              * about problems with the config file.
    3419             :              */
    3420       64828 :             elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    3421             :         }
    3422      485852 :         else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
    3423      446956 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
    3424      446956 :                  source == PGC_S_USER ||
    3425             :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
    3426       38896 :             elevel = WARNING;
    3427             :         else
    3428      446956 :             elevel = ERROR;
    3429             :     }
    3430             : 
    3431             :     /*
    3432             :      * GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
    3433             :      * because the current worker will also pop the change.  We're probably
    3434             :      * dealing with a function having a proconfig entry.  Only the function's
    3435             :      * body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
    3436             :      * execution of a function call started by this worker.
    3437             :      *
    3438             :      * Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them.
    3439             :      */
    3440      641652 :     if (IsInParallelMode() && changeVal && action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3441             :     {
    3442           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    3443             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
    3444             :                  errmsg("cannot set parameters during a parallel operation")));
    3445           0 :         return -1;
    3446             :     }
    3447             : 
    3448             :     /* if handle is specified, no need to look up option */
    3449      641652 :     if (!handle)
    3450             :     {
    3451      641570 :         record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    3452      641498 :         if (record == NULL)
    3453           0 :             return 0;
    3454             :     }
    3455             :     else
    3456          82 :         record = handle;
    3457             : 
    3458             :     /*
    3459             :      * Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
    3460             :      * rules.
    3461             :      */
    3462      641580 :     switch (record->context)
    3463             :     {
    3464       94324 :         case PGC_INTERNAL:
    3465       94324 :             if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
    3466             :             {
    3467           4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3468             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3469             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    3470             :                                 name)));
    3471           0 :                 return 0;
    3472             :             }
    3473       94320 :             break;
    3474       41642 :         case PGC_POSTMASTER:
    3475       41642 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3476             :             {
    3477             :                 /*
    3478             :                  * We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
    3479             :                  * postgresql.conf.  We can't change the setting, so we should
    3480             :                  * give a warning if the DBA tries to change it.  However,
    3481             :                  * because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
    3482             :                  * hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
    3483             :                  * to what's stored.  Set a flag to check below after we have
    3484             :                  * the final storable value.
    3485             :                  */
    3486        7918 :                 prohibitValueChange = true;
    3487             :             }
    3488       33724 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3489             :             {
    3490           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3491             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3492             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3493             :                                 name)));
    3494           0 :                 return 0;
    3495             :             }
    3496       41634 :             break;
    3497       39862 :         case PGC_SIGHUP:
    3498       39862 :             if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3499             :             {
    3500           6 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3501             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3502             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
    3503             :                                 name)));
    3504           0 :                 return 0;
    3505             :             }
    3506             : 
    3507             :             /*
    3508             :              * Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
    3509             :              * can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
    3510             :              * that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
    3511             :              * signals to individual backends only.
    3512             :              */
    3513       39856 :             break;
    3514         202 :         case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
    3515         202 :             if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3516             :             {
    3517             :                 /*
    3518             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3519             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3520             :                  */
    3521             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3522             : 
    3523           0 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3524           0 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3525             :                 {
    3526             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3527           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3528             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3529             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3530             :                                     name)));
    3531           0 :                     return 0;
    3532             :                 }
    3533             :             }
    3534             :             /* fall through to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
    3535             :             /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3536             :         case PGC_BACKEND:
    3537         206 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3538             :             {
    3539             :                 /*
    3540             :                  * If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
    3541             :                  * the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
    3542             :                  * postmaster (whence it will propagate to
    3543             :                  * subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
    3544             :                  * backends.  This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
    3545             :                  * don't re-read the config file during backend start.
    3546             :                  *
    3547             :                  * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since
    3548             :                  * we are trying to find out if the value is potentially good,
    3549             :                  * not actually use it.
    3550             :                  *
    3551             :                  * In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
    3552             :                  * non-default settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file
    3553             :                  * during backend start.  In that case we must accept
    3554             :                  * PGC_SIGHUP settings, so as to have the same value as if
    3555             :                  * we'd forked from the postmaster.  This can also happen when
    3556             :                  * using RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that
    3557             :                  * needs to have the same settings as the user backend that
    3558             :                  * started it. is_reload will be true when either situation
    3559             :                  * applies.
    3560             :                  */
    3561          88 :                 if (IsUnderPostmaster && changeVal && !is_reload)
    3562           2 :                     return -1;
    3563             :             }
    3564         118 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    3565           8 :                      context != PGC_BACKEND &&
    3566           8 :                      context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
    3567             :                      source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3568             :             {
    3569           8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3570             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3571             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
    3572             :                                 name)));
    3573           0 :                 return 0;
    3574             :             }
    3575         196 :             break;
    3576       30642 :         case PGC_SUSET:
    3577       30642 :             if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3578             :             {
    3579             :                 /*
    3580             :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3581             :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3582             :                  */
    3583             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3584             : 
    3585          30 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3586          30 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3587             :                 {
    3588             :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3589          16 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3590             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3591             :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3592             :                                     name)));
    3593           4 :                     return 0;
    3594             :                 }
    3595             :             }
    3596       30626 :             break;
    3597      434904 :         case PGC_USERSET:
    3598             :             /* always okay */
    3599      434904 :             break;
    3600             :     }
    3601             : 
    3602             :     /*
    3603             :      * Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
    3604             :      * security restriction context.  We can reject this regardless of the GUC
    3605             :      * context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
    3606             :      * to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
    3607             :      *
    3608             :      * Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
    3609             :      * GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
    3610             :      * An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
    3611             :      *
    3612             :      * Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
    3613             :      * "role".  We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
    3614             :      * context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
    3615             :      * out of sync.  (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
    3616             :      * but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.)  Also, we
    3617             :      * prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
    3618             :      * otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
    3619             :      */
    3620      641536 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
    3621             :     {
    3622       31790 :         if (InLocalUserIdChange())
    3623             :         {
    3624             :             /*
    3625             :              * Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
    3626             :              * common case.
    3627             :              */
    3628           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3629             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3630             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
    3631             :                             name)));
    3632           0 :             return 0;
    3633             :         }
    3634       31790 :         if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    3635             :         {
    3636           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3637             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3638             :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
    3639             :                             name)));
    3640           0 :             return 0;
    3641             :         }
    3642             :     }
    3643             : 
    3644             :     /* Disallow resetting and saving GUC_NO_RESET values */
    3645      641536 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NO_RESET)
    3646             :     {
    3647       21564 :         if (value == NULL)
    3648             :         {
    3649          18 :             ereport(elevel,
    3650             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3651             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be reset", name)));
    3652           0 :             return 0;
    3653             :         }
    3654       21546 :         if (action == GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3655             :         {
    3656           6 :             ereport(elevel,
    3657             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3658             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set locally in functions",
    3659             :                             name)));
    3660           0 :             return 0;
    3661             :         }
    3662             :     }
    3663             : 
    3664             :     /*
    3665             :      * Should we set reset/stacked values?  (If so, the behavior is not
    3666             :      * transactional.)  This is done either when we get a default value from
    3667             :      * the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
    3668             :      * value to its default.
    3669             :      */
    3670      641514 :     makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
    3671           2 :         ((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    3672             : 
    3673             :     /*
    3674             :      * Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
    3675             :      * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
    3676             :      * trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
    3677             :      * it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
    3678             :      * the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
    3679             :      */
    3680      641512 :     if (record->source > source)
    3681             :     {
    3682        1332 :         if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
    3683             :         {
    3684           0 :             elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
    3685             :                  name);
    3686           0 :             return -1;
    3687             :         }
    3688        1332 :         changeVal = false;
    3689             :     }
    3690             : 
    3691             :     /*
    3692             :      * Evaluate value and set variable.
    3693             :      */
    3694      641512 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3695             :     {
    3696      120456 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3697             :             {
    3698      120456 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3699             : 
    3700             : #define newval (newval_union.boolval)
    3701             : 
    3702      120456 :                 if (value)
    3703             :                 {
    3704      119112 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3705             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3706             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3707           0 :                         return 0;
    3708             :                 }
    3709        1344 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3710             :                 {
    3711           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3712           0 :                     if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3713             :                                               source, elevel))
    3714           0 :                         return 0;
    3715             :                 }
    3716             :                 else
    3717             :                 {
    3718        1344 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3719        1344 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3720        1344 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3721        1344 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3722        1344 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3723             :                 }
    3724             : 
    3725      120432 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3726             :                 {
    3727             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3728         900 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3729           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3730             : 
    3731         900 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3732             :                     {
    3733           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3734           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3735             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3736             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3737             :                                         name)));
    3738           0 :                         return 0;
    3739             :                     }
    3740         900 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3741         900 :                     return -1;
    3742             :                 }
    3743             : 
    3744      119532 :                 if (changeVal)
    3745             :                 {
    3746             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3747      119462 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3748       27146 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3749             : 
    3750      119462 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3751           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3752      119462 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3753      119462 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3754             :                                     newextra);
    3755      119462 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3756      119462 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3757      119462 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3758             :                 }
    3759      119532 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3760             :                 {
    3761             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3762             : 
    3763       92362 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3764             :                     {
    3765       92316 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3766       92316 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3767             :                                         newextra);
    3768       92316 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3769       92316 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3770       92316 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3771             :                     }
    3772       92362 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3773             :                     {
    3774           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3775             :                         {
    3776           0 :                             stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
    3777           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3778             :                                             newextra);
    3779           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3780           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3781           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3782             :                         }
    3783             :                     }
    3784             :                 }
    3785             : 
    3786             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3787      119532 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3788           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3789      119532 :                 break;
    3790             : 
    3791             : #undef newval
    3792             :             }
    3793             : 
    3794       74010 :         case PGC_INT:
    3795             :             {
    3796       74010 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3797             : 
    3798             : #define newval (newval_union.intval)
    3799             : 
    3800       74010 :                 if (value)
    3801             :                 {
    3802       73724 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3803             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3804             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3805           0 :                         return 0;
    3806             :                 }
    3807         286 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3808             :                 {
    3809           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3810           0 :                     if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3811             :                                              source, elevel))
    3812           0 :                         return 0;
    3813             :                 }
    3814             :                 else
    3815             :                 {
    3816         286 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3817         286 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3818         286 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3819         286 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3820         286 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3821             :                 }
    3822             : 
    3823       74010 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3824             :                 {
    3825             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3826        3736 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3827           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3828             : 
    3829        3736 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3830             :                     {
    3831           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3832           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3833             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3834             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3835             :                                         name)));
    3836           0 :                         return 0;
    3837             :                     }
    3838        3736 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3839        3736 :                     return -1;
    3840             :                 }
    3841             : 
    3842       70274 :                 if (changeVal)
    3843             :                 {
    3844             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3845       69342 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3846       19752 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3847             : 
    3848       69342 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3849       11564 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3850       69342 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3851       69342 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3852             :                                     newextra);
    3853       69342 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3854       69342 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3855       69342 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3856             :                 }
    3857       70274 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3858             :                 {
    3859             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3860             : 
    3861       50442 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3862             :                     {
    3863       49590 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3864       49590 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3865             :                                         newextra);
    3866       49590 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3867       49590 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3868       49590 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3869             :                     }
    3870       50442 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3871             :                     {
    3872           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3873             :                         {
    3874           0 :                             stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
    3875           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3876             :                                             newextra);
    3877           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3878           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3879           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3880             :                         }
    3881             :                     }
    3882             :                 }
    3883             : 
    3884             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3885       70274 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3886           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3887       70274 :                 break;
    3888             : 
    3889             : #undef newval
    3890             :             }
    3891             : 
    3892        8052 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3893             :             {
    3894        8052 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3895             : 
    3896             : #define newval (newval_union.realval)
    3897             : 
    3898        8052 :                 if (value)
    3899             :                 {
    3900        7910 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3901             :                                                   source, elevel,
    3902             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3903           0 :                         return 0;
    3904             :                 }
    3905         142 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3906             :                 {
    3907           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3908           0 :                     if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3909             :                                               source, elevel))
    3910           0 :                         return 0;
    3911             :                 }
    3912             :                 else
    3913             :                 {
    3914         142 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3915         142 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3916         142 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3917         142 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3918         142 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3919             :                 }
    3920             : 
    3921        8040 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3922             :                 {
    3923             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3924           0 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3925           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3926             : 
    3927           0 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3928             :                     {
    3929           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3930           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3931             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3932             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3933             :                                         name)));
    3934           0 :                         return 0;
    3935             :                     }
    3936           0 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3937           0 :                     return -1;
    3938             :                 }
    3939             : 
    3940        8040 :                 if (changeVal)
    3941             :                 {
    3942             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3943        8040 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3944        8040 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3945             : 
    3946        8040 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3947           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3948        8040 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3949        8040 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3950             :                                     newextra);
    3951        8040 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3952        8040 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3953        8040 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3954             :                 }
    3955        8040 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3956             :                 {
    3957             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3958             : 
    3959           0 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3960             :                     {
    3961           0 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3962           0 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3963             :                                         newextra);
    3964           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3965           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3966           0 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3967             :                     }
    3968           0 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3969             :                     {
    3970           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3971             :                         {
    3972           0 :                             stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
    3973           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3974             :                                             newextra);
    3975           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3976           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3977           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3978             :                         }
    3979             :                     }
    3980             :                 }
    3981             : 
    3982             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3983        8040 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3984           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3985        8040 :                 break;
    3986             : 
    3987             : #undef newval
    3988             :             }
    3989             : 
    3990      383726 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3991             :             {
    3992      383726 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    3993             : 
    3994             : #define newval (newval_union.stringval)
    3995             : 
    3996      383726 :                 if (value)
    3997             :                 {
    3998      381750 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3999             :                                                   source, elevel,
    4000             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4001           0 :                         return 0;
    4002             :                 }
    4003        1976 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4004             :                 {
    4005             :                     /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    4006           2 :                     if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    4007             :                     {
    4008           2 :                         newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
    4009           2 :                         if (newval == NULL)
    4010           0 :                             return 0;
    4011             :                     }
    4012             :                     else
    4013           0 :                         newval = NULL;
    4014             : 
    4015           2 :                     if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    4016             :                                                 source, elevel))
    4017             :                     {
    4018           0 :                         guc_free(newval);
    4019           0 :                         return 0;
    4020             :                     }
    4021             :                 }
    4022             :                 else
    4023             :                 {
    4024             :                     /*
    4025             :                      * strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
    4026             :                      * guc.c's control
    4027             :                      */
    4028        1974 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4029        1974 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    4030        1974 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    4031        1974 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    4032        1974 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    4033             :                 }
    4034             : 
    4035      383684 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4036             :                 {
    4037             :                     bool        newval_different;
    4038             : 
    4039             :                     /* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
    4040        4770 :                     newval_different = (*conf->variable == NULL ||
    4041        3180 :                                         newval == NULL ||
    4042        1590 :                                         strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0);
    4043             : 
    4044             :                     /* Release newval, unless it's reset_val */
    4045        1590 :                     if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    4046        1590 :                         guc_free(newval);
    4047             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4048        1590 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4049           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4050             : 
    4051        1590 :                     if (newval_different)
    4052             :                     {
    4053           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4054           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4055             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4056             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4057             :                                         name)));
    4058           0 :                         return 0;
    4059             :                     }
    4060        1590 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4061        1590 :                     return -1;
    4062             :                 }
    4063             : 
    4064      382094 :                 if (changeVal)
    4065             :                 {
    4066             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4067      380704 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4068      170922 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    4069             : 
    4070      380704 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4071      338358 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4072      380702 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    4073      380702 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    4074             :                                     newextra);
    4075      380702 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    4076      380702 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    4077      380702 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    4078             :                 }
    4079             : 
    4080      382092 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4081             :                 {
    4082             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    4083             : 
    4084      210140 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    4085             :                     {
    4086      209782 :                         set_string_field(conf, &conf->reset_val, newval);
    4087      209782 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    4088             :                                         newextra);
    4089      209782 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4090      209782 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4091      209782 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4092             :                     }
    4093      210140 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4094             :                     {
    4095           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4096             :                         {
    4097           0 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4098             :                                              newval);
    4099           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4100             :                                             newextra);
    4101           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4102           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4103           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4104             :                         }
    4105             :                     }
    4106             :                 }
    4107             : 
    4108             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
    4109      382092 :                 if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    4110        1368 :                     guc_free(newval);
    4111             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4112      382092 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4113         424 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4114      382092 :                 break;
    4115             : 
    4116             : #undef newval
    4117             :             }
    4118             : 
    4119       55268 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4120             :             {
    4121       55268 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    4122             : 
    4123             : #define newval (newval_union.enumval)
    4124             : 
    4125       55268 :                 if (value)
    4126             :                 {
    4127       54844 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    4128             :                                                   source, elevel,
    4129             :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4130           0 :                         return 0;
    4131             :                 }
    4132         424 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4133             :                 {
    4134           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    4135           0 :                     if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    4136             :                                               source, elevel))
    4137           0 :                         return 0;
    4138             :                 }
    4139             :                 else
    4140             :                 {
    4141         424 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4142         424 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    4143         424 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    4144         424 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    4145         424 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    4146             :                 }
    4147             : 
    4148       55236 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4149             :                 {
    4150             :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4151        1692 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4152           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4153             : 
    4154        1692 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    4155             :                     {
    4156           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4157           0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4158             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4159             :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4160             :                                         name)));
    4161           0 :                         return 0;
    4162             :                     }
    4163        1692 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4164        1692 :                     return -1;
    4165             :                 }
    4166             : 
    4167       53544 :                 if (changeVal)
    4168             :                 {
    4169             :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4170       53350 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4171       18596 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    4172             : 
    4173       53350 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4174        2854 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4175       53350 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    4176       53350 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    4177             :                                     newextra);
    4178       53350 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    4179       53350 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    4180       53350 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    4181             :                 }
    4182       53544 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4183             :                 {
    4184             :                     GucStack   *stack;
    4185             : 
    4186       34754 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    4187             :                     {
    4188       34754 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    4189       34754 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    4190             :                                         newextra);
    4191       34754 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4192       34754 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4193       34754 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4194             :                     }
    4195       34754 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4196             :                     {
    4197           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4198             :                         {
    4199           0 :                             stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
    4200           0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4201             :                                             newextra);
    4202           0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4203           0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4204           0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4205             :                         }
    4206             :                     }
    4207             :                 }
    4208             : 
    4209             :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4210       53544 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4211           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4212       53544 :                 break;
    4213             : 
    4214             : #undef newval
    4215             :             }
    4216             :     }
    4217             : 
    4218      633482 :     if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    4219      214310 :         !(record->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    4220             :     {
    4221      156826 :         record->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    4222      156826 :         slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &record->report_link);
    4223             :     }
    4224             : 
    4225      633482 :     return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
    4226             : }
    4227             : 
    4228             : 
    4229             : /*
    4230             :  * Retrieve a config_handle for the given name, suitable for calling
    4231             :  * set_config_with_handle(). Only return handle to permanent GUC.
    4232             :  */
    4233             : config_handle *
    4234          50 : get_config_handle(const char *name)
    4235             : {
    4236          50 :     struct config_generic *gen = find_option(name, false, false, 0);
    4237             : 
    4238          50 :     if (gen && ((gen->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0))
    4239          50 :         return gen;
    4240             : 
    4241           0 :     return NULL;
    4242             : }
    4243             : 
    4244             : 
    4245             : /*
    4246             :  * Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
    4247             :  */
    4248             : static void
    4249      108496 : set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
    4250             : {
    4251             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4252             :     int         elevel;
    4253             : 
    4254             :     /*
    4255             :      * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
    4256             :      * problems with the config file.
    4257             :      */
    4258      108496 :     elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    4259             : 
    4260      108496 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    4261             :     /* should not happen */
    4262      108496 :     if (record == NULL)
    4263           0 :         return;
    4264             : 
    4265      108496 :     sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
    4266      108496 :     guc_free(record->sourcefile);
    4267      108496 :     record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
    4268      108496 :     record->sourceline = sourceline;
    4269             : }
    4270             : 
    4271             : /*
    4272             :  * Set a config option to the given value.
    4273             :  *
    4274             :  * See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
    4275             :  * outside GUC.  (This function should be used when possible, because its API
    4276             :  * is more stable than set_config_option's.)
    4277             :  *
    4278             :  * Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
    4279             :  * is currently not needed.
    4280             :  */
    4281             : void
    4282      221144 : SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
    4283             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source)
    4284             : {
    4285      221144 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
    4286             :                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
    4287      221096 : }
    4288             : 
    4289             : 
    4290             : 
    4291             : /*
    4292             :  * Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
    4293             :  *
    4294             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true,
    4295             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4296             :  *
    4297             :  * If restrict_privileged is true, we also enforce that only superusers and
    4298             :  * members of the pg_read_all_settings role can see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
    4299             :  * variables.  This should only be passed as true in user-driven calls.
    4300             :  *
    4301             :  * The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
    4302             :  * valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
    4303             :  */
    4304             : const char *
    4305       11538 : GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_privileged)
    4306             : {
    4307             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4308             :     static char buffer[256];
    4309             : 
    4310       11538 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4311       11538 :     if (record == NULL)
    4312           2 :         return NULL;
    4313       11536 :     if (restrict_privileged &&
    4314           0 :         !ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4315           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4316             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4317             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4318             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4319             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4320             : 
    4321       11536 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4322             :     {
    4323        2142 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4324        2142 :             return *((struct config_bool *) record)->variable ? "on" : "off";
    4325             : 
    4326        2772 :         case PGC_INT:
    4327        2772 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4328        2772 :                      *((struct config_int *) record)->variable);
    4329        2772 :             return buffer;
    4330             : 
    4331           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4332           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4333           0 :                      *((struct config_real *) record)->variable);
    4334           0 :             return buffer;
    4335             : 
    4336        5410 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4337        5410 :             return *((struct config_string *) record)->variable ?
    4338        5410 :                 *((struct config_string *) record)->variable : "";
    4339             : 
    4340        1212 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4341        1212 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4342        1212 :                                                *((struct config_enum *) record)->variable);
    4343             :     }
    4344           0 :     return NULL;
    4345             : }
    4346             : 
    4347             : /*
    4348             :  * Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
    4349             :  *
    4350             :  * Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
    4351             :  * not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
    4352             :  * Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
    4353             :  */
    4354             : const char *
    4355           0 : GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
    4356             : {
    4357             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4358             :     static char buffer[256];
    4359             : 
    4360           0 :     record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4361             :     Assert(record != NULL);
    4362           0 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4363           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4364             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4365             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4366             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4367             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4368             : 
    4369           0 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4370             :     {
    4371           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4372           0 :             return ((struct config_bool *) record)->reset_val ? "on" : "off";
    4373             : 
    4374           0 :         case PGC_INT:
    4375           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4376             :                      ((struct config_int *) record)->reset_val);
    4377           0 :             return buffer;
    4378             : 
    4379           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4380           0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4381             :                      ((struct config_real *) record)->reset_val);
    4382           0 :             return buffer;
    4383             : 
    4384           0 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4385           0 :             return ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val ?
    4386           0 :                 ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val : "";
    4387             : 
    4388           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4389           0 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4390             :                                                ((struct config_enum *) record)->reset_val);
    4391             :     }
    4392           0 :     return NULL;
    4393             : }
    4394             : 
    4395             : /*
    4396             :  * Get the GUC flags associated with the given option.
    4397             :  *
    4398             :  * If the option doesn't exist, return 0 if missing_ok is true,
    4399             :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4400             :  */
    4401             : int
    4402          34 : GetConfigOptionFlags(const char *name, bool missing_ok)
    4403             : {
    4404             :     struct config_generic *record;
    4405             : 
    4406          34 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4407          34 :     if (record == NULL)
    4408           0 :         return 0;
    4409          34 :     return record->flags;
    4410             : }
    4411             : 
    4412             : 
    4413             : /*
    4414             :  * Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
    4415             :  * This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
    4416             :  * values before writing them.
    4417             :  */
    4418             : static void
    4419         130 : write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
    4420             : {
    4421             :     StringInfoData buf;
    4422             :     ConfigVariable *item;
    4423             : 
    4424         130 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
    4425             : 
    4426             :     /* Emit file header containing warning comment */
    4427         130 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
    4428         130 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by the ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
    4429             : 
    4430         130 :     errno = 0;
    4431         130 :     if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4432             :     {
    4433             :         /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4434           0 :         if (errno == 0)
    4435           0 :             errno = ENOSPC;
    4436           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4437             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4438             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4439             :     }
    4440             : 
    4441             :     /* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
    4442         286 :     for (item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
    4443             :     {
    4444             :         char       *escaped;
    4445             : 
    4446         156 :         resetStringInfo(&buf);
    4447             : 
    4448         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
    4449         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
    4450             : 
    4451         156 :         escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
    4452         156 :         if (!escaped)
    4453           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4454             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    4455             :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
    4456         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
    4457         156 :         free(escaped);
    4458             : 
    4459         156 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
    4460             : 
    4461         156 :         errno = 0;
    4462         156 :         if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4463             :         {
    4464             :             /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4465           0 :             if (errno == 0)
    4466           0 :                 errno = ENOSPC;
    4467           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4468             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4469             :                      errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4470             :         }
    4471             :     }
    4472             : 
    4473             :     /* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
    4474         130 :     if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    4475           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4476             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4477             :                  errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4478             : 
    4479         130 :     pfree(buf.data);
    4480         130 : }
    4481             : 
    4482             : /*
    4483             :  * Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
    4484             :  * or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
    4485             :  */
    4486             : static void
    4487         130 : replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
    4488             :                           const char *name, const char *value)
    4489             : {
    4490             :     ConfigVariable *item,
    4491             :                *next,
    4492         130 :                *prev = NULL;
    4493             : 
    4494             :     /*
    4495             :      * Remove any existing match(es) for "name".  Normally there'd be at most
    4496             :      * one, but if external tools have modified the config file, there could
    4497             :      * be more.
    4498             :      */
    4499         258 :     for (item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = next)
    4500             :     {
    4501         128 :         next = item->next;
    4502         128 :         if (guc_name_compare(item->name, name) == 0)
    4503             :         {
    4504             :             /* found a match, delete it */
    4505          62 :             if (prev)
    4506          10 :                 prev->next = next;
    4507             :             else
    4508          52 :                 *head_p = next;
    4509          62 :             if (next == NULL)
    4510          56 :                 *tail_p = prev;
    4511             : 
    4512          62 :             pfree(item->name);
    4513          62 :             pfree(item->value);
    4514          62 :             pfree(item->filename);
    4515          62 :             pfree(item);
    4516             :         }
    4517             :         else
    4518          66 :             prev = item;
    4519             :     }
    4520             : 
    4521             :     /* Done if we're trying to delete it */
    4522         130 :     if (value == NULL)
    4523          40 :         return;
    4524             : 
    4525             :     /* OK, append a new entry */
    4526          90 :     item = palloc(sizeof *item);
    4527          90 :     item->name = pstrdup(name);
    4528          90 :     item->value = pstrdup(value);
    4529          90 :     item->errmsg = NULL;
    4530          90 :     item->filename = pstrdup("");  /* new item has no location */
    4531          90 :     item->sourceline = 0;
    4532          90 :     item->ignore = false;
    4533          90 :     item->applied = false;
    4534          90 :     item->next = NULL;
    4535             : 
    4536          90 :     if (*head_p == NULL)
    4537          64 :         *head_p = item;
    4538             :     else
    4539          26 :         (*tail_p)->next = item;
    4540          90 :     *tail_p = item;
    4541             : }
    4542             : 
    4543             : 
    4544             : /*
    4545             :  * Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
    4546             :  *
    4547             :  * Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
    4548             :  * and write out an updated file.  If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
    4549             :  * we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
    4550             :  *
    4551             :  * An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
    4552             :  *
    4553             :  * In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
    4554             :  * configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
    4555             :  */
    4556             : void
    4557         170 : AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
    4558             : {
    4559             :     char       *name;
    4560             :     char       *value;
    4561         170 :     bool        resetall = false;
    4562         170 :     ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
    4563         170 :     ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
    4564             :     volatile int Tmpfd;
    4565             :     char        AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4566             :     char        AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4567             : 
    4568             :     /*
    4569             :      * Extract statement arguments
    4570             :      */
    4571         170 :     name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
    4572             : 
    4573         170 :     if (!AllowAlterSystem)
    4574           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4575             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4576             :                  errmsg("ALTER SYSTEM is not allowed in this environment")));
    4577             : 
    4578         170 :     switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
    4579             :     {
    4580         116 :         case VAR_SET_VALUE:
    4581         116 :             value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
    4582         116 :             break;
    4583             : 
    4584          52 :         case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
    4585             :         case VAR_RESET:
    4586          52 :             value = NULL;
    4587          52 :             break;
    4588             : 
    4589           2 :         case VAR_RESET_ALL:
    4590           2 :             value = NULL;
    4591           2 :             resetall = true;
    4592           2 :             break;
    4593             : 
    4594           0 :         default:
    4595           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
    4596             :                  altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
    4597             :             break;
    4598             :     }
    4599             : 
    4600             :     /*
    4601             :      * Check permission to run ALTER SYSTEM on the target variable
    4602             :      */
    4603         170 :     if (!superuser())
    4604             :     {
    4605          46 :         if (resetall)
    4606           2 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4607             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4608             :                      errmsg("permission denied to perform ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL")));
    4609             :         else
    4610             :         {
    4611             :             AclResult   aclresult;
    4612             : 
    4613          44 :             aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(),
    4614             :                                               ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM);
    4615          44 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    4616          26 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4617             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4618             :                          errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    4619             :                                 name)));
    4620             :         }
    4621             :     }
    4622             : 
    4623             :     /*
    4624             :      * Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
    4625             :      */
    4626         142 :     if (!resetall)
    4627             :     {
    4628             :         struct config_generic *record;
    4629             : 
    4630             :         /* We don't want to create a placeholder if there's not one already */
    4631         142 :         record = find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5);
    4632         142 :         if (record != NULL)
    4633             :         {
    4634             :             /*
    4635             :              * Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files
    4636             :              * to be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
    4637             :              */
    4638         140 :             if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
    4639         136 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
    4640         128 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
    4641          12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4642             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4643             :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    4644             :                                 name)));
    4645             : 
    4646             :             /*
    4647             :              * If a value is specified, verify that it's sane.
    4648             :              */
    4649         128 :             if (value)
    4650             :             {
    4651             :                 union config_var_val newval;
    4652          88 :                 void       *newextra = NULL;
    4653             : 
    4654          88 :                 if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    4655             :                                               PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
    4656             :                                               &newval, &newextra))
    4657           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    4658             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4659             :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    4660             :                                     name, value)));
    4661             : 
    4662          88 :                 if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
    4663          30 :                     guc_free(newval.stringval);
    4664          88 :                 guc_free(newextra);
    4665             :             }
    4666             :         }
    4667             :         else
    4668             :         {
    4669             :             /*
    4670             :              * Variable not known; check we'd be allowed to create it.  (We
    4671             :              * cannot validate the value, but that's fine.  A non-core GUC in
    4672             :              * the config file cannot cause postmaster start to fail, so we
    4673             :              * don't have to be too tense about possibly installing a bad
    4674             :              * value.)
    4675             :              */
    4676           2 :             (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    4677             :         }
    4678             : 
    4679             :         /*
    4680             :          * We must also reject values containing newlines, because the grammar
    4681             :          * for config files doesn't support embedded newlines in string
    4682             :          * literals.
    4683             :          */
    4684         130 :         if (value && strchr(value, '\n'))
    4685           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4686             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4687             :                      errmsg("parameter value for ALTER SYSTEM must not contain a newline")));
    4688             :     }
    4689             : 
    4690             :     /*
    4691             :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
    4692             :      * the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
    4693             :      */
    4694         130 :     snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
    4695             :              PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
    4696         130 :     snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
    4697             :              AutoConfFileName,
    4698             :              "tmp");
    4699             : 
    4700             :     /*
    4701             :      * Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
    4702             :      * time.  Use AutoFileLock to ensure that.  We must hold the lock while
    4703             :      * reading the old file contents.
    4704             :      */
    4705         130 :     LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    4706             : 
    4707             :     /*
    4708             :      * If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
    4709             :      * old file.  We'll just write out an empty list.
    4710             :      */
    4711         130 :     if (!resetall)
    4712             :     {
    4713             :         struct stat st;
    4714             : 
    4715         130 :         if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
    4716             :         {
    4717             :             /* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
    4718             :             FILE       *infile;
    4719             : 
    4720         130 :             infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
    4721         130 :             if (infile == NULL)
    4722           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4723             :                         (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4724             :                          errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4725             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4726             : 
    4727             :             /* parse it */
    4728         130 :             if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH,
    4729             :                                LOG, &head, &tail))
    4730           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4731             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
    4732             :                          errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
    4733             :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4734             : 
    4735         130 :             FreeFile(infile);
    4736             :         }
    4737             : 
    4738             :         /*
    4739             :          * Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
    4740             :          * not present.
    4741             :          */
    4742         130 :         replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
    4743             :     }
    4744             : 
    4745             :     /*
    4746             :      * Invoke the post-alter hook for setting this GUC variable.  GUCs
    4747             :      * typically do not have corresponding entries in pg_parameter_acl, so we
    4748             :      * call the hook using the name rather than a potentially-non-existent
    4749             :      * OID.  Nonetheless, we pass ParameterAclRelationId so that this call
    4750             :      * context can be distinguished from others.  (Note that "name" will be
    4751             :      * NULL in the RESET ALL case.)
    4752             :      *
    4753             :      * We do this here rather than at the end, because ALTER SYSTEM is not
    4754             :      * transactional.  If the hook aborts our transaction, it will be cleaner
    4755             :      * to do so before we touch any files.
    4756             :      */
    4757         130 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArgStr(ParameterAclRelationId, name,
    4758             :                                     ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM,
    4759             :                                     altersysstmt->setstmt->kind,
    4760             :                                     false);
    4761             : 
    4762             :     /*
    4763             :      * To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
    4764             :      * then atomically rename it into place.
    4765             :      *
    4766             :      * If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
    4767             :      * truncate and reuse it.
    4768             :      */
    4769         130 :     Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
    4770             :                           O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC);
    4771         130 :     if (Tmpfd < 0)
    4772           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4773             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4774             :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4775             :                         AutoConfTmpFileName)));
    4776             : 
    4777             :     /*
    4778             :      * Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail.  Since we need a TRY
    4779             :      * block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
    4780             :      */
    4781         130 :     PG_TRY();
    4782             :     {
    4783             :         /* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
    4784         130 :         write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
    4785             : 
    4786             :         /* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
    4787         130 :         close(Tmpfd);
    4788         130 :         Tmpfd = -1;
    4789             : 
    4790             :         /*
    4791             :          * As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
    4792             :          * at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
    4793             :          * command.
    4794             :          */
    4795         130 :         durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
    4796             :     }
    4797           0 :     PG_CATCH();
    4798             :     {
    4799             :         /* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
    4800           0 :         if (Tmpfd >= 0)
    4801           0 :             close(Tmpfd);
    4802             : 
    4803             :         /* Unlink, but ignore any error */
    4804           0 :         (void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
    4805             : 
    4806           0 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    4807             :     }
    4808         130 :     PG_END_TRY();
    4809             : 
    4810         130 :     FreeConfigVariables(head);
    4811             : 
    4812         130 :     LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
    4813         130 : }
    4814             : 
    4815             : 
    4816             : /*
    4817             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
    4818             :  * new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
    4819             :  */
    4820             : static struct config_generic *
    4821       17634 : init_custom_variable(const char *name,
    4822             :                      const char *short_desc,
    4823             :                      const char *long_desc,
    4824             :                      GucContext context,
    4825             :                      int flags,
    4826             :                      enum config_type type,
    4827             :                      size_t sz)
    4828             : {
    4829             :     struct config_generic *gen;
    4830             : 
    4831             :     /*
    4832             :      * Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
    4833             :      * library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
    4834             :      * doesn't change after startup.  This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
    4835             :      * erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
    4836             :      * module might already have hooked into.
    4837             :      */
    4838       17634 :     if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    4839          20 :         !process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
    4840           0 :         elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
    4841             : 
    4842             :     /*
    4843             :      * We can't support custom GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables, because the wrong
    4844             :      * things would happen if such a variable were set or pg_dump'd when the
    4845             :      * defining extension isn't loaded.  Again, treat this as fatal because
    4846             :      * the loadable module may be partly initialized already.
    4847             :      */
    4848       17634 :     if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
    4849           0 :         elog(FATAL, "extensions cannot define GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables");
    4850             : 
    4851             :     /*
    4852             :      * Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
    4853             :      * (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
    4854             :      * trivial escalation to superuser privileges.  Restrict the variables to
    4855             :      * protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
    4856             :      */
    4857       17634 :     if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
    4858       13612 :         (strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
    4859       13612 :          strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
    4860           0 :         context = PGC_SUSET;
    4861             : 
    4862       17634 :     gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sz);
    4863       17634 :     memset(gen, 0, sz);
    4864             : 
    4865       17634 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(ERROR, name);
    4866       17634 :     gen->context = context;
    4867       17634 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    4868       17634 :     gen->short_desc = short_desc;
    4869       17634 :     gen->long_desc = long_desc;
    4870       17634 :     gen->flags = flags;
    4871       17634 :     gen->vartype = type;
    4872             : 
    4873       17634 :     return gen;
    4874             : }
    4875             : 
    4876             : /*
    4877             :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
    4878             :  * variable into the GUC variable hash, replacing any placeholder.
    4879             :  */
    4880             : static void
    4881       17634 : define_custom_variable(struct config_generic *variable)
    4882             : {
    4883       17634 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4884             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    4885             :     struct config_string *pHolder;
    4886             : 
    4887             :     /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    4888             :     Assert(check_GUC_init(variable));
    4889             : 
    4890             :     /*
    4891             :      * See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
    4892             :      */
    4893       17634 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    4894             :                                           &name,
    4895             :                                           HASH_FIND,
    4896             :                                           NULL);
    4897       17634 :     if (hentry == NULL)
    4898             :     {
    4899             :         /*
    4900             :          * No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
    4901             :          * make sure it's initialized to its default value.
    4902             :          */
    4903       17536 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4904       17536 :         add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
    4905       17536 :         return;
    4906             :     }
    4907             : 
    4908             :     /*
    4909             :      * This better be a placeholder
    4910             :      */
    4911          98 :     if ((hentry->gucvar->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
    4912           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4913             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    4914             :                  errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    4915             : 
    4916             :     Assert(hentry->gucvar->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    4917          98 :     pHolder = (struct config_string *) hentry->gucvar;
    4918             : 
    4919             :     /*
    4920             :      * First, set the variable to its default value.  We must do this even
    4921             :      * though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
    4922             :      * that the new value is invalid.
    4923             :      */
    4924          98 :     InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4925             : 
    4926             :     /*
    4927             :      * Replace the placeholder in the hash table.  We aren't changing the name
    4928             :      * (at least up to case-folding), so the hash value is unchanged.
    4929             :      */
    4930          98 :     hentry->gucname = name;
    4931          98 :     hentry->gucvar = variable;
    4932             : 
    4933             :     /*
    4934             :      * Remove the placeholder from any lists it's in, too.
    4935             :      */
    4936          98 :     RemoveGUCFromLists(&pHolder->gen);
    4937             : 
    4938             :     /*
    4939             :      * Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
    4940             :      * variable.  Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
    4941             :      * values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
    4942             :      *
    4943             :      * If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going.  We don't
    4944             :      * want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
    4945             :      * module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded.  In such cases
    4946             :      * the default or previous state will become active instead.
    4947             :      */
    4948             : 
    4949             :     /* First, apply the reset value if any */
    4950          98 :     if (pHolder->reset_val)
    4951          92 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(name, pHolder->reset_val,
    4952             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_scontext,
    4953             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_source,
    4954             :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_srole,
    4955             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4956             :     /* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
    4957             :     Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
    4958             : 
    4959             :     /* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
    4960          98 :     reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->gen.stack,
    4961          98 :                            *(pHolder->variable),
    4962             :                            pHolder->gen.scontext, pHolder->gen.source,
    4963             :                            pHolder->gen.srole);
    4964             : 
    4965             :     /* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
    4966          98 :     if (pHolder->gen.sourcefile)
    4967          76 :         set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->gen.sourcefile,
    4968             :                               pHolder->gen.sourceline);
    4969             : 
    4970             :     /*
    4971             :      * Free up as much as we conveniently can of the placeholder structure.
    4972             :      * (This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
    4973             :      * leaked.  Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
    4974             :      * doesn't seem worth spending much code on.)
    4975             :      */
    4976          98 :     set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->variable, NULL);
    4977          98 :     set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->reset_val, NULL);
    4978             : 
    4979          98 :     guc_free(pHolder);
    4980             : }
    4981             : 
    4982             : /*
    4983             :  * Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
    4984             :  *
    4985             :  * We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
    4986             :  * At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
    4987             :  * fashion implied by the stack entry.
    4988             :  */
    4989             : static void
    4990          98 : reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
    4991             :                        struct config_string *pHolder,
    4992             :                        GucStack *stack,
    4993             :                        const char *curvalue,
    4994             :                        GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
    4995             :                        Oid cursrole)
    4996             : {
    4997          98 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4998          98 :     GucStack   *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
    4999             : 
    5000          98 :     if (stack != NULL)
    5001             :     {
    5002             :         /* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
    5003           0 :         reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
    5004           0 :                                stack->prior.val.stringval,
    5005             :                                stack->scontext, stack->source, stack->srole);
    5006             : 
    5007             :         /* See how to apply the passed-in value */
    5008           0 :         switch (stack->state)
    5009             :         {
    5010           0 :             case GUC_SAVE:
    5011           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5012             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5013             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
    5014             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5015           0 :                 break;
    5016             : 
    5017           0 :             case GUC_SET:
    5018           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5019             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5020             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    5021             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5022           0 :                 break;
    5023             : 
    5024           0 :             case GUC_LOCAL:
    5025           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5026             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5027             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    5028             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5029           0 :                 break;
    5030             : 
    5031           0 :             case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    5032             :                 /* first, apply the masked value as SET */
    5033           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
    5034             :                                              stack->masked_scontext,
    5035             :                                              PGC_S_SESSION,
    5036             :                                              stack->masked_srole,
    5037             :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    5038             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5039             :                 /* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
    5040           0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5041             :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5042             :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    5043             :                                              WARNING, false);
    5044           0 :                 break;
    5045             :         }
    5046             : 
    5047             :         /* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
    5048           0 :         if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
    5049           0 :             variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
    5050             :     }
    5051             :     else
    5052             :     {
    5053             :         /*
    5054             :          * We are at the end of the stack.  If the active/previous value is
    5055             :          * different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
    5056             :          * committed session value.  Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
    5057             :          * that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
    5058             :          * this is to be just a transactional assignment.  (We leak the stack
    5059             :          * entry.)
    5060             :          */
    5061          98 :         if (curvalue != pHolder->reset_val ||
    5062          92 :             curscontext != pHolder->gen.reset_scontext ||
    5063          92 :             cursource != pHolder->gen.reset_source ||
    5064          92 :             cursrole != pHolder->gen.reset_srole)
    5065             :         {
    5066           6 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5067             :                                          curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5068             :                                          GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    5069           6 :             if (variable->stack != NULL)
    5070             :             {
    5071           4 :                 slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &variable->stack_link);
    5072           4 :                 variable->stack = NULL;
    5073             :             }
    5074             :         }
    5075             :     }
    5076          98 : }
    5077             : 
    5078             : /*
    5079             :  * Functions for extensions to call to define their custom GUC variables.
    5080             :  */
    5081             : void
    5082        7086 : DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
    5083             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5084             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5085             :                          bool *valueAddr,
    5086             :                          bool bootValue,
    5087             :                          GucContext context,
    5088             :                          int flags,
    5089             :                          GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
    5090             :                          GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
    5091             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5092             : {
    5093             :     struct config_bool *var;
    5094             : 
    5095             :     var = (struct config_bool *)
    5096        7086 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5097             :                              PGC_BOOL, sizeof(struct config_bool));
    5098        7086 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5099        7086 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5100        7086 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5101        7086 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5102        7086 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5103        7086 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5104        7086 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5105        7086 : }
    5106             : 
    5107             : void
    5108          88 : DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
    5109             :                         const char *short_desc,
    5110             :                         const char *long_desc,
    5111             :                         int *valueAddr,
    5112             :                         int bootValue,
    5113             :                         int minValue,
    5114             :                         int maxValue,
    5115             :                         GucContext context,
    5116             :                         int flags,
    5117             :                         GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
    5118             :                         GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
    5119             :                         GucShowHook show_hook)
    5120             : {
    5121             :     struct config_int *var;
    5122             : 
    5123             :     var = (struct config_int *)
    5124          88 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5125             :                              PGC_INT, sizeof(struct config_int));
    5126          88 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5127          88 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5128          88 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5129          88 :     var->min = minValue;
    5130          88 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5131          88 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5132          88 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5133          88 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5134          88 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5135          88 : }
    5136             : 
    5137             : void
    5138          42 : DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
    5139             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5140             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5141             :                          double *valueAddr,
    5142             :                          double bootValue,
    5143             :                          double minValue,
    5144             :                          double maxValue,
    5145             :                          GucContext context,
    5146             :                          int flags,
    5147             :                          GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
    5148             :                          GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
    5149             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5150             : {
    5151             :     struct config_real *var;
    5152             : 
    5153             :     var = (struct config_real *)
    5154          42 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5155             :                              PGC_REAL, sizeof(struct config_real));
    5156          42 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5157          42 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5158          42 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5159          42 :     var->min = minValue;
    5160          42 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5161          42 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5162          42 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5163          42 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5164          42 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5165          42 : }
    5166             : 
    5167             : void
    5168        6974 : DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
    5169             :                            const char *short_desc,
    5170             :                            const char *long_desc,
    5171             :                            char **valueAddr,
    5172             :                            const char *bootValue,
    5173             :                            GucContext context,
    5174             :                            int flags,
    5175             :                            GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
    5176             :                            GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
    5177             :                            GucShowHook show_hook)
    5178             : {
    5179             :     struct config_string *var;
    5180             : 
    5181             :     var = (struct config_string *)
    5182        6974 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5183             :                              PGC_STRING, sizeof(struct config_string));
    5184        6974 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5185        6974 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5186        6974 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5187        6974 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5188        6974 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5189        6974 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5190        6974 : }
    5191             : 
    5192             : void
    5193        3444 : DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
    5194             :                          const char *short_desc,
    5195             :                          const char *long_desc,
    5196             :                          int *valueAddr,
    5197             :                          int bootValue,
    5198             :                          const struct config_enum_entry *options,
    5199             :                          GucContext context,
    5200             :                          int flags,
    5201             :                          GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
    5202             :                          GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
    5203             :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5204             : {
    5205             :     struct config_enum *var;
    5206             : 
    5207             :     var = (struct config_enum *)
    5208        3444 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5209             :                              PGC_ENUM, sizeof(struct config_enum));
    5210        3444 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5211        3444 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5212        3444 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5213        3444 :     var->options = options;
    5214        3444 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5215        3444 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5216        3444 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5217        3444 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5218        3444 : }
    5219             : 
    5220             : /*
    5221             :  * Mark the given GUC prefix as "reserved".
    5222             :  *
    5223             :  * This deletes any existing placeholders matching the prefix,
    5224             :  * and then prevents new ones from being created.
    5225             :  * Extensions should call this after they've defined all of their custom
    5226             :  * GUCs, to help catch misspelled config-file entries.
    5227             :  */
    5228             : void
    5229        3540 : MarkGUCPrefixReserved(const char *className)
    5230             : {
    5231        3540 :     int         classLen = strlen(className);
    5232             :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    5233             :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    5234             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    5235             : 
    5236             :     /*
    5237             :      * Check for existing placeholders.  We must actually remove invalid
    5238             :      * placeholders, else future parallel worker startups will fail.  (We
    5239             :      * don't bother trying to free associated memory, since this shouldn't
    5240             :      * happen often.)
    5241             :      */
    5242        3540 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    5243     1381652 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    5244             :     {
    5245     1378112 :         struct config_generic *var = hentry->gucvar;
    5246             : 
    5247     1378112 :         if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
    5248          24 :             strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
    5249           6 :             var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    5250             :         {
    5251           6 :             ereport(WARNING,
    5252             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    5253             :                      errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\", removing it",
    5254             :                             var->name),
    5255             :                      errdetail("\"%s\" is now a reserved prefix.",
    5256             :                                className)));
    5257             :             /* Remove it from the hash table */
    5258           6 :             hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    5259           6 :                         &var->name,
    5260             :                         HASH_REMOVE,
    5261             :                         NULL);
    5262             :             /* Remove it from any lists it's in, too */
    5263           6 :             RemoveGUCFromLists(var);
    5264             :         }
    5265             :     }
    5266             : 
    5267             :     /* And remember the name so we can prevent future mistakes. */
    5268        3540 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GUCMemoryContext);
    5269        3540 :     reserved_class_prefix = lappend(reserved_class_prefix, pstrdup(className));
    5270        3540 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    5271        3540 : }
    5272             : 
    5273             : 
    5274             : /*
    5275             :  * Return an array of modified GUC options to show in EXPLAIN.
    5276             :  *
    5277             :  * We only report options related to query planning (marked with GUC_EXPLAIN),
    5278             :  * with values different from their built-in defaults.
    5279             :  */
    5280             : struct config_generic **
    5281          12 : get_explain_guc_options(int *num)
    5282             : {
    5283             :     struct config_generic **result;
    5284             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5285             : 
    5286          12 :     *num = 0;
    5287             : 
    5288             :     /*
    5289             :      * While only a fraction of all the GUC variables are marked GUC_EXPLAIN,
    5290             :      * it doesn't seem worth dynamically resizing this array.
    5291             :      */
    5292          12 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    5293             : 
    5294             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5295         688 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5296             :     {
    5297         676 :         struct config_generic *conf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5298             :                                                       nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5299             :         bool        modified;
    5300             : 
    5301             :         /* return only parameters marked for inclusion in explain */
    5302         676 :         if (!(conf->flags & GUC_EXPLAIN))
    5303         652 :             continue;
    5304             : 
    5305             :         /* return only options visible to the current user */
    5306          24 :         if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(conf))
    5307           0 :             continue;
    5308             : 
    5309             :         /* return only options that are different from their boot values */
    5310          24 :         modified = false;
    5311             : 
    5312          24 :         switch (conf->vartype)
    5313             :         {
    5314          12 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    5315             :                 {
    5316          12 :                     struct config_bool *lconf = (struct config_bool *) conf;
    5317             : 
    5318          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5319             :                 }
    5320          12 :                 break;
    5321             : 
    5322           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    5323             :                 {
    5324           0 :                     struct config_int *lconf = (struct config_int *) conf;
    5325             : 
    5326           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5327             :                 }
    5328           0 :                 break;
    5329             : 
    5330           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    5331             :                 {
    5332           0 :                     struct config_real *lconf = (struct config_real *) conf;
    5333             : 
    5334           0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5335             :                 }
    5336           0 :                 break;
    5337             : 
    5338           0 :             case PGC_STRING:
    5339             :                 {
    5340           0 :                     struct config_string *lconf = (struct config_string *) conf;
    5341             : 
    5342           0 :                     if (lconf->boot_val == NULL &&
    5343           0 :                         *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5344           0 :                         modified = false;
    5345           0 :                     else if (lconf->boot_val == NULL ||
    5346           0 :                              *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5347           0 :                         modified = true;
    5348             :                     else
    5349           0 :                         modified = (strcmp(lconf->boot_val, *(lconf->variable)) != 0);
    5350             :                 }
    5351           0 :                 break;
    5352             : 
    5353          12 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    5354             :                 {
    5355          12 :                     struct config_enum *lconf = (struct config_enum *) conf;
    5356             : 
    5357          12 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5358             :                 }
    5359          12 :                 break;
    5360             : 
    5361           0 :             default:
    5362           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected GUC type: %d", conf->vartype);
    5363             :         }
    5364             : 
    5365          24 :         if (!modified)
    5366           0 :             continue;
    5367             : 
    5368             :         /* OK, report it */
    5369          24 :         result[*num] = conf;
    5370          24 :         *num = *num + 1;
    5371             :     }
    5372             : 
    5373          12 :     return result;
    5374             : }
    5375             : 
    5376             : /*
    5377             :  * Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
    5378             :  * name.  If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
    5379             :  * in which case return NULL.  Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
    5380             :  */
    5381             : char *
    5382        9122 : GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
    5383             : {
    5384             :     struct config_generic *record;
    5385             : 
    5386        9122 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    5387        9084 :     if (record == NULL)
    5388             :     {
    5389           6 :         if (varname)
    5390           0 :             *varname = NULL;
    5391           6 :         return NULL;
    5392             :     }
    5393             : 
    5394        9078 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    5395           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    5396             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    5397             :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    5398             :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    5399             :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    5400             : 
    5401        9076 :     if (varname)
    5402        2612 :         *varname = record->name;
    5403             : 
    5404        9076 :     return ShowGUCOption(record, true);
    5405             : }
    5406             : 
    5407             : /*
    5408             :  * ShowGUCOption: get string value of variable
    5409             :  *
    5410             :  * We express a numeric value in appropriate units if it has units and
    5411             :  * use_units is true; else you just get the raw number.
    5412             :  * The result string is palloc'd.
    5413             :  */
    5414             : char *
    5415     1945846 : ShowGUCOption(struct config_generic *record, bool use_units)
    5416             : {
    5417             :     char        buffer[256];
    5418             :     const char *val;
    5419             : 
    5420     1945846 :     switch (record->vartype)
    5421             :     {
    5422      558494 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5423             :             {
    5424      558494 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    5425             : 
    5426      558494 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5427       25848 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5428             :                 else
    5429      532646 :                     val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
    5430             :             }
    5431      558494 :             break;
    5432             : 
    5433      559818 :         case PGC_INT:
    5434             :             {
    5435      559818 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    5436             : 
    5437      559818 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5438       27742 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5439             :                 else
    5440             :                 {
    5441             :                     /*
    5442             :                      * Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
    5443             :                      * conversion.
    5444             :                      */
    5445      532076 :                     int64       result = *conf->variable;
    5446             :                     const char *unit;
    5447             : 
    5448      532076 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5449         670 :                         convert_int_from_base_unit(result,
    5450         670 :                                                    record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5451             :                                                    &result, &unit);
    5452             :                     else
    5453      531406 :                         unit = "";
    5454             : 
    5455      532076 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
    5456             :                              result, unit);
    5457      532076 :                     val = buffer;
    5458             :                 }
    5459             :             }
    5460      559818 :             break;
    5461             : 
    5462       93060 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5463             :             {
    5464       93060 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    5465             : 
    5466       93060 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5467           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5468             :                 else
    5469             :                 {
    5470       93060 :                     double      result = *conf->variable;
    5471             :                     const char *unit;
    5472             : 
    5473       93060 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5474         268 :                         convert_real_from_base_unit(result,
    5475         268 :                                                     record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5476             :                                                     &result, &unit);
    5477             :                     else
    5478       92792 :                         unit = "";
    5479             : 
    5480       93060 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g%s",
    5481             :                              result, unit);
    5482       93060 :                     val = buffer;
    5483             :                 }
    5484             :             }
    5485       93060 :             break;
    5486             : 
    5487      555490 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5488             :             {
    5489      555490 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    5490             : 
    5491      555490 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5492       54154 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5493      501336 :                 else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
    5494      373842 :                     val = *conf->variable;
    5495             :                 else
    5496      127494 :                     val = "";
    5497             :             }
    5498      555490 :             break;
    5499             : 
    5500      178984 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5501             :             {
    5502      178984 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    5503             : 
    5504      178984 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5505           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5506             :                 else
    5507      178984 :                     val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable);
    5508             :             }
    5509      178984 :             break;
    5510             : 
    5511           0 :         default:
    5512             :             /* just to keep compiler quiet */
    5513           0 :             val = "???";
    5514           0 :             break;
    5515             :     }
    5516             : 
    5517     1945846 :     return pstrdup(val);
    5518             : }
    5519             : 
    5520             : 
    5521             : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
    5522             : 
    5523             : /*
    5524             :  *  These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
    5525             :  *  file that is read by all exec'ed backends.  The format is:
    5526             :  *
    5527             :  *      variable name, string, null terminated
    5528             :  *      variable value, string, null terminated
    5529             :  *      variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
    5530             :  *      variable sourceline, integer
    5531             :  *      variable source, integer
    5532             :  *      variable scontext, integer
    5533             : *       variable srole, OID
    5534             :  */
    5535             : static void
    5536             : write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic *gconf)
    5537             : {
    5538             :     Assert(gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    5539             : 
    5540             :     fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
    5541             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5542             : 
    5543             :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5544             :     {
    5545             :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5546             :             {
    5547             :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    5548             : 
    5549             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5550             :                     fprintf(fp, "true");
    5551             :                 else
    5552             :                     fprintf(fp, "false");
    5553             :             }
    5554             :             break;
    5555             : 
    5556             :         case PGC_INT:
    5557             :             {
    5558             :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5559             : 
    5560             :                 fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5561             :             }
    5562             :             break;
    5563             : 
    5564             :         case PGC_REAL:
    5565             :             {
    5566             :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    5567             : 
    5568             :                 fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
    5569             :             }
    5570             :             break;
    5571             : 
    5572             :         case PGC_STRING:
    5573             :             {
    5574             :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5575             : 
    5576             :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5577             :                     fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
    5578             :             }
    5579             :             break;
    5580             : 
    5581             :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5582             :             {
    5583             :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5584             : 
    5585             :                 fprintf(fp, "%s",
    5586             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5587             :             }
    5588             :             break;
    5589             :     }
    5590             : 
    5591             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5592             : 
    5593             :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5594             :         fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
    5595             :     fputc(0, fp);
    5596             : 
    5597             :     fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
    5598             :     fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
    5599             :     fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
    5600             :     fwrite(&gconf->srole, 1, sizeof(gconf->srole), fp);
    5601             : }
    5602             : 
    5603             : void
    5604             : write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
    5605             : {
    5606             :     int         elevel;
    5607             :     FILE       *fp;
    5608             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5609             : 
    5610             :     Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
    5611             : 
    5612             :     elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
    5613             : 
    5614             :     /*
    5615             :      * Open file
    5616             :      */
    5617             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
    5618             :     if (!fp)
    5619             :     {
    5620             :         ereport(elevel,
    5621             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5622             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5623             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5624             :         return;
    5625             :     }
    5626             : 
    5627             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5628             :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5629             :     {
    5630             :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5631             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5632             : 
    5633             :         write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, gconf);
    5634             :     }
    5635             : 
    5636             :     if (FreeFile(fp))
    5637             :     {
    5638             :         ereport(elevel,
    5639             :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5640             :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5641             :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5642             :         return;
    5643             :     }
    5644             : 
    5645             :     /*
    5646             :      * Put new file in place.  This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
    5647             :      * any exclusive locks.
    5648             :      */
    5649             :     rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
    5650             : }
    5651             : 
    5652             : 
    5653             : /*
    5654             :  *  Read string, including null byte from file
    5655             :  *
    5656             :  *  Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
    5657             :  */
    5658             : static char *
    5659             : read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
    5660             : {
    5661             :     int         i = 0,
    5662             :                 ch,
    5663             :                 maxlen = 256;
    5664             :     char       *str = NULL;
    5665             : 
    5666             :     do
    5667             :     {
    5668             :         if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
    5669             :         {
    5670             :             if (i == 0)
    5671             :                 return NULL;
    5672             :             else
    5673             :                 elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5674             :         }
    5675             :         if (i == 0)
    5676             :             str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
    5677             :         else if (i == maxlen)
    5678             :             str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
    5679             :         str[i++] = ch;
    5680             :     } while (ch != 0);
    5681             : 
    5682             :     return str;
    5683             : }
    5684             : 
    5685             : 
    5686             : /*
    5687             :  *  This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
    5688             :  *  settings.
    5689             :  */
    5690             : void
    5691             : read_nondefault_variables(void)
    5692             : {
    5693             :     FILE       *fp;
    5694             :     char       *varname,
    5695             :                *varvalue,
    5696             :                *varsourcefile;
    5697             :     int         varsourceline;
    5698             :     GucSource   varsource;
    5699             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    5700             :     Oid         varsrole;
    5701             : 
    5702             :     /*
    5703             :      * Open file
    5704             :      */
    5705             :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
    5706             :     if (!fp)
    5707             :     {
    5708             :         /* File not found is fine */
    5709             :         if (errno != ENOENT)
    5710             :             ereport(FATAL,
    5711             :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5712             :                      errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
    5713             :                             CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
    5714             :         return;
    5715             :     }
    5716             : 
    5717             :     for (;;)
    5718             :     {
    5719             :         if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5720             :             break;
    5721             : 
    5722             :         if (find_option(varname, true, false, FATAL) == NULL)
    5723             :             elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
    5724             : 
    5725             :         if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5726             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5727             :         if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5728             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5729             :         if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
    5730             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5731             :         if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
    5732             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5733             :         if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
    5734             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5735             :         if (fread(&varsrole, 1, sizeof(varsrole), fp) != sizeof(varsrole))
    5736             :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5737             : 
    5738             :         (void) set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    5739             :                                      varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    5740             :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
    5741             :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    5742             :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    5743             : 
    5744             :         guc_free(varname);
    5745             :         guc_free(varvalue);
    5746             :         guc_free(varsourcefile);
    5747             :     }
    5748             : 
    5749             :     FreeFile(fp);
    5750             : }
    5751             : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
    5752             : 
    5753             : /*
    5754             :  * can_skip_gucvar:
    5755             :  * Decide whether SerializeGUCState can skip sending this GUC variable,
    5756             :  * or whether RestoreGUCState can skip resetting this GUC to default.
    5757             :  *
    5758             :  * It is somewhat magical and fragile that the same test works for both cases.
    5759             :  * Realize in particular that we are very likely selecting different sets of
    5760             :  * GUCs on the leader and worker sides!  Be sure you've understood the
    5761             :  * comments here and in RestoreGUCState thoroughly before changing this.
    5762             :  */
    5763             : static bool
    5764      232592 : can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5765             : {
    5766             :     /*
    5767             :      * We can skip GUCs that are guaranteed to have the same values in leaders
    5768             :      * and workers.  (Note it is critical that the leader and worker have the
    5769             :      * same idea of which GUCs fall into this category.  It's okay to consider
    5770             :      * context and name for this purpose, since those are unchanging
    5771             :      * properties of a GUC.)
    5772             :      *
    5773             :      * PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
    5774             :      * particular postmaster, so the worker will certainly have the right
    5775             :      * value already.  Likewise, PGC_INTERNAL variables are set by special
    5776             :      * mechanisms (if indeed they aren't compile-time constants).  So we may
    5777             :      * always skip these.
    5778             :      *
    5779             :      * Role must be handled specially because its current value can be an
    5780             :      * invalid value (for instance, if someone dropped the role since we set
    5781             :      * it).  So if we tried to serialize it normally, we might get a failure.
    5782             :      * We skip it here, and use another mechanism to ensure the worker has the
    5783             :      * right value.
    5784             :      *
    5785             :      * For all other GUCs, we skip if the GUC has its compiled-in default
    5786             :      * value (i.e., source == PGC_S_DEFAULT).  On the leader side, this means
    5787             :      * we don't send GUCs that have their default values, which typically
    5788             :      * saves lots of work.  On the worker side, this means we don't need to
    5789             :      * reset the GUC to default because it already has that value.  See
    5790             :      * comments in RestoreGUCState for more info.
    5791             :      */
    5792      387170 :     return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
    5793      352946 :         gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL || gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT ||
    5794      120354 :         strcmp(gconf->name, "role") == 0;
    5795             : }
    5796             : 
    5797             : /*
    5798             :  * estimate_variable_size:
    5799             :  *      Compute space needed for dumping the given GUC variable.
    5800             :  *
    5801             :  * It's OK to overestimate, but not to underestimate.
    5802             :  */
    5803             : static Size
    5804       48918 : estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5805             : {
    5806             :     Size        size;
    5807       48918 :     Size        valsize = 0;
    5808             : 
    5809             :     /* Skippable GUCs consume zero space. */
    5810       48918 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5811       21590 :         return 0;
    5812             : 
    5813             :     /* Name, plus trailing zero byte. */
    5814       27328 :     size = strlen(gconf->name) + 1;
    5815             : 
    5816             :     /* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
    5817       27328 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5818             :     {
    5819        5772 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5820             :             {
    5821        5772 :                 valsize = 5;    /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
    5822             :             }
    5823        5772 :             break;
    5824             : 
    5825        5610 :         case PGC_INT:
    5826             :             {
    5827        5610 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5828             : 
    5829             :                 /*
    5830             :                  * Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
    5831             :                  * length.  Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
    5832             :                  * small values.  Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
    5833             :                  * Include one byte for sign.
    5834             :                  */
    5835        5610 :                 if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
    5836        4422 :                     valsize = 3 + 1;
    5837             :                 else
    5838        1188 :                     valsize = 10 + 1;
    5839             :             }
    5840        5610 :             break;
    5841             : 
    5842        1630 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5843             :             {
    5844             :                 /*
    5845             :                  * We are going to print it with %e with REALTYPE_PRECISION
    5846             :                  * fractional digits.  Account for sign, leading digit,
    5847             :                  * decimal point, and exponent with up to 3 digits.  E.g.
    5848             :                  * -3.99329042340000021e+110
    5849             :                  */
    5850        1630 :                 valsize = 1 + 1 + 1 + REALTYPE_PRECISION + 5;
    5851             :             }
    5852        1630 :             break;
    5853             : 
    5854       10898 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5855             :             {
    5856       10898 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5857             : 
    5858             :                 /*
    5859             :                  * If the value is NULL, we transmit it as an empty string.
    5860             :                  * Although this is not physically the same value, GUC
    5861             :                  * generally treats a NULL the same as empty string.
    5862             :                  */
    5863       10898 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5864       10898 :                     valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
    5865             :                 else
    5866           0 :                     valsize = 0;
    5867             :             }
    5868       10898 :             break;
    5869             : 
    5870        3418 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5871             :             {
    5872        3418 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5873             : 
    5874        3418 :                 valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5875             :             }
    5876        3418 :             break;
    5877             :     }
    5878             : 
    5879             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for value */
    5880       27328 :     size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
    5881             : 
    5882       27328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5883       13680 :         size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
    5884             : 
    5885             :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for sourcefile */
    5886       27328 :     size = add_size(size, 1);
    5887             : 
    5888             :     /* Include line whenever file is nonempty. */
    5889       27328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5890       13680 :         size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5891             : 
    5892       27328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
    5893       27328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5894       27328 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5895             : 
    5896       27328 :     return size;
    5897             : }
    5898             : 
    5899             : /*
    5900             :  * EstimateGUCStateSpace:
    5901             :  * Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
    5902             :  */
    5903             : Size
    5904         824 : EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
    5905             : {
    5906             :     Size        size;
    5907             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5908             : 
    5909             :     /* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
    5910         824 :     size = sizeof(Size);
    5911             : 
    5912             :     /*
    5913             :      * Add up the space needed for each GUC variable.
    5914             :      *
    5915             :      * We need only process non-default GUCs.
    5916             :      */
    5917       49742 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5918             :     {
    5919       48918 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5920             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5921             : 
    5922       48918 :         size = add_size(size, estimate_variable_size(gconf));
    5923             :     }
    5924             : 
    5925         824 :     return size;
    5926             : }
    5927             : 
    5928             : /*
    5929             :  * do_serialize:
    5930             :  * Copies the formatted string into the destination.  Moves ahead the
    5931             :  * destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
    5932             :  * maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
    5933             :  */
    5934             : static void
    5935       81984 : do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
    5936             : {
    5937             :     va_list     vargs;
    5938             :     int         n;
    5939             : 
    5940       81984 :     if (*maxbytes <= 0)
    5941           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5942             : 
    5943       81984 :     va_start(vargs, fmt);
    5944       81984 :     n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
    5945       81984 :     va_end(vargs);
    5946             : 
    5947       81984 :     if (n < 0)
    5948             :     {
    5949             :         /* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
    5950           0 :         elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m with format string \"%s\"", fmt);
    5951             :     }
    5952       81984 :     if (n >= *maxbytes)
    5953             :     {
    5954             :         /* This shouldn't happen either, really. */
    5955           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5956             :     }
    5957             : 
    5958             :     /* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
    5959       81984 :     *destptr += n + 1;
    5960       81984 :     *maxbytes -= n + 1;
    5961       81984 : }
    5962             : 
    5963             : /* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
    5964             : static void
    5965       95664 : do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
    5966             : {
    5967       95664 :     if (valsize > *maxbytes)
    5968           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5969             : 
    5970       95664 :     memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
    5971       95664 :     *destptr += valsize;
    5972       95664 :     *maxbytes -= valsize;
    5973       95664 : }
    5974             : 
    5975             : /*
    5976             :  * serialize_variable:
    5977             :  * Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
    5978             :  */
    5979             : static void
    5980       48918 : serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
    5981             :                    struct config_generic *gconf)
    5982             : {
    5983             :     /* Ignore skippable GUCs. */
    5984       48918 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5985       21590 :         return;
    5986             : 
    5987       27328 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
    5988             : 
    5989       27328 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5990             :     {
    5991        5772 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5992             :             {
    5993        5772 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    5994             : 
    5995        5772 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
    5996        5772 :                              (*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
    5997             :             }
    5998        5772 :             break;
    5999             : 
    6000        5610 :         case PGC_INT:
    6001             :             {
    6002        5610 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    6003             : 
    6004        5610 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
    6005             :             }
    6006        5610 :             break;
    6007             : 
    6008        1630 :         case PGC_REAL:
    6009             :             {
    6010        1630 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    6011             : 
    6012        1630 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*e",
    6013        1630 :                              REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
    6014             :             }
    6015        1630 :             break;
    6016             : 
    6017       10898 :         case PGC_STRING:
    6018             :             {
    6019       10898 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    6020             : 
    6021             :                 /* NULL becomes empty string, see estimate_variable_size() */
    6022       10898 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6023       10898 :                              *conf->variable ? *conf->variable : "");
    6024             :             }
    6025       10898 :             break;
    6026             : 
    6027        3418 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    6028             :             {
    6029        3418 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    6030             : 
    6031        3418 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6032        3418 :                              config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    6033             :             }
    6034        3418 :             break;
    6035             :     }
    6036             : 
    6037       27328 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    6038       27328 :                  (gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
    6039             : 
    6040       27328 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    6041       13680 :         do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
    6042             :                             sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    6043             : 
    6044       27328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
    6045             :                         sizeof(gconf->source));
    6046       27328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
    6047             :                         sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    6048       27328 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->srole,
    6049             :                         sizeof(gconf->srole));
    6050             : }
    6051             : 
    6052             : /*
    6053             :  * SerializeGUCState:
    6054             :  * Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
    6055             :  */
    6056             : void
    6057         824 : SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
    6058             : {
    6059             :     char       *curptr;
    6060             :     Size        actual_size;
    6061             :     Size        bytes_left;
    6062             :     dlist_iter  iter;
    6063             : 
    6064             :     /* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
    6065             :     Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
    6066         824 :     curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
    6067         824 :     bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
    6068             : 
    6069             :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    6070       49742 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6071             :     {
    6072       48918 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6073             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6074             : 
    6075       48918 :         serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, gconf);
    6076             :     }
    6077             : 
    6078             :     /* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
    6079         824 :     actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
    6080         824 :     memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
    6081         824 : }
    6082             : 
    6083             : /*
    6084             :  * read_gucstate:
    6085             :  * Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
    6086             :  * move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
    6087             :  * to read the next string.
    6088             :  */
    6089             : static char *
    6090      272622 : read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
    6091             : {
    6092      272622 :     char       *retptr = *srcptr;
    6093             :     char       *ptr;
    6094             : 
    6095      272622 :     if (*srcptr >= srcend)
    6096           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6097             : 
    6098             :     /* The string variables are all null terminated */
    6099     6755084 :     for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    6100             :         ;
    6101             : 
    6102      272622 :     if (ptr >= srcend)
    6103           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
    6104             : 
    6105             :     /* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
    6106      272622 :     *srcptr = ptr + 1;
    6107             : 
    6108      272622 :     return retptr;
    6109             : }
    6110             : 
    6111             : /* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
    6112             : static void
    6113      316370 : read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
    6114             : {
    6115      316370 :     if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
    6116           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6117             : 
    6118      316370 :     memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
    6119      316370 :     *srcptr += size;
    6120      316370 : }
    6121             : 
    6122             : /*
    6123             :  * Callback used to add a context message when reporting errors that occur
    6124             :  * while trying to restore GUCs in parallel workers.
    6125             :  */
    6126             : static void
    6127           0 : guc_restore_error_context_callback(void *arg)
    6128             : {
    6129           0 :     char      **error_context_name_and_value = (char **) arg;
    6130             : 
    6131           0 :     if (error_context_name_and_value)
    6132           0 :         errcontext("while setting parameter \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    6133             :                    error_context_name_and_value[0],
    6134           0 :                    error_context_name_and_value[1]);
    6135           0 : }
    6136             : 
    6137             : /*
    6138             :  * RestoreGUCState:
    6139             :  * Reads the GUC state at the specified address and sets this process's
    6140             :  * GUCs to match.
    6141             :  *
    6142             :  * Note that this provides the worker with only a very shallow view of the
    6143             :  * leader's GUC state: we'll know about the currently active values, but not
    6144             :  * about stacked or reset values.  That's fine since the worker is just
    6145             :  * executing one part of a query, within which the active values won't change
    6146             :  * and the stacked values are invisible.
    6147             :  */
    6148             : void
    6149        2630 : RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
    6150             : {
    6151             :     char       *varname,
    6152             :                *varvalue,
    6153             :                *varsourcefile;
    6154             :     int         varsourceline;
    6155             :     GucSource   varsource;
    6156             :     GucContext  varscontext;
    6157             :     Oid         varsrole;
    6158        2630 :     char       *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
    6159             :     char       *srcend;
    6160             :     Size        len;
    6161             :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    6162             :     ErrorContextCallback error_context_callback;
    6163             : 
    6164             :     /*
    6165             :      * First, ensure that all potentially-shippable GUCs are reset to their
    6166             :      * default values.  We must not touch those GUCs that the leader will
    6167             :      * never ship, while there is no need to touch those that are shippable
    6168             :      * but already have their default values.  Thus, this ends up being the
    6169             :      * same test that SerializeGUCState uses, even though the sets of
    6170             :      * variables involved may well be different since the leader's set of
    6171             :      * variables-not-at-default-values can differ from the set that are
    6172             :      * not-default in this freshly started worker.
    6173             :      *
    6174             :      * Once we have set all the potentially-shippable GUCs to default values,
    6175             :      * restoring the GUCs that the leader sent (because they had non-default
    6176             :      * values over there) leads us to exactly the set of GUC values that the
    6177             :      * leader has.  This is true even though the worker may have initially
    6178             :      * absorbed postgresql.conf settings that the leader hasn't yet seen, or
    6179             :      * ALTER USER/DATABASE SET settings that were established after the leader
    6180             :      * started.
    6181             :      *
    6182             :      * Note that ensuring all the potential target GUCs are at PGC_S_DEFAULT
    6183             :      * also ensures that set_config_option won't refuse to set them because of
    6184             :      * source-priority comparisons.
    6185             :      */
    6186      137386 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6187             :     {
    6188      134756 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6189             :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6190             : 
    6191             :         /* Do nothing if non-shippable or if already at PGC_S_DEFAULT. */
    6192      134756 :         if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6193       69070 :             continue;
    6194             : 
    6195             :         /*
    6196             :          * We can use InitializeOneGUCOption to reset the GUC to default, but
    6197             :          * first we must free any existing subsidiary data to avoid leaking
    6198             :          * memory.  The stack must be empty, but we have to clean up all other
    6199             :          * fields.  Beware that there might be duplicate value or "extra"
    6200             :          * pointers.  We also have to be sure to take it out of any lists it's
    6201             :          * in.
    6202             :          */
    6203             :         Assert(gconf->stack == NULL);
    6204       65686 :         guc_free(gconf->extra);
    6205       65686 :         guc_free(gconf->last_reported);
    6206       65686 :         guc_free(gconf->sourcefile);
    6207       65686 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    6208             :         {
    6209       14014 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    6210             :                 {
    6211       14014 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    6212             : 
    6213       14014 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6214           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6215       14014 :                     break;
    6216             :                 }
    6217       12284 :             case PGC_INT:
    6218             :                 {
    6219       12284 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    6220             : 
    6221       12284 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6222           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6223       12284 :                     break;
    6224             :                 }
    6225           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    6226             :                 {
    6227           0 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    6228             : 
    6229           0 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6230           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6231           0 :                     break;
    6232             :                 }
    6233       31560 :             case PGC_STRING:
    6234             :                 {
    6235       31560 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    6236             : 
    6237       31560 :                     guc_free(*conf->variable);
    6238       31560 :                     if (conf->reset_val && conf->reset_val != *conf->variable)
    6239           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_val);
    6240       31560 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6241           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6242       31560 :                     break;
    6243             :                 }
    6244        7828 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    6245             :                 {
    6246        7828 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    6247             : 
    6248        7828 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6249           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6250        7828 :                     break;
    6251             :                 }
    6252             :         }
    6253             :         /* Remove it from any lists it's in. */
    6254       65686 :         RemoveGUCFromLists(gconf);
    6255             :         /* Now we can reset the struct to PGS_S_DEFAULT state. */
    6256       65686 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(gconf);
    6257             :     }
    6258             : 
    6259             :     /* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
    6260        2630 :     memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
    6261             : 
    6262        2630 :     srcptr += sizeof(len);
    6263        2630 :     srcend = srcptr + len;
    6264             : 
    6265             :     /* If the GUC value check fails, we want errors to show useful context. */
    6266        2630 :     error_context_callback.callback = guc_restore_error_context_callback;
    6267        2630 :     error_context_callback.previous = error_context_stack;
    6268        2630 :     error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6269        2630 :     error_context_stack = &error_context_callback;
    6270             : 
    6271             :     /* Restore all the listed GUCs. */
    6272       93504 :     while (srcptr < srcend)
    6273             :     {
    6274             :         int         result;
    6275             :         char       *error_context_name_and_value[2];
    6276             : 
    6277       90874 :         varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6278       90874 :         varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6279       90874 :         varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6280       90874 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6281       43748 :             read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6282             :                                  &varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
    6283             :         else
    6284       47126 :             varsourceline = 0;
    6285       90874 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6286             :                              &varsource, sizeof(varsource));
    6287       90874 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6288             :                              &varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
    6289       90874 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6290             :                              &varsrole, sizeof(varsrole));
    6291             : 
    6292       90874 :         error_context_name_and_value[0] = varname;
    6293       90874 :         error_context_name_and_value[1] = varvalue;
    6294       90874 :         error_context_callback.arg = &error_context_name_and_value[0];
    6295       90874 :         result = set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    6296             :                                        varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    6297             :                                        GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
    6298       90874 :         if (result <= 0)
    6299           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6300             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    6301             :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
    6302       90874 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6303       43748 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    6304       90874 :         error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6305             :     }
    6306             : 
    6307        2630 :     error_context_stack = error_context_callback.previous;
    6308        2630 : }
    6309             : 
    6310             : /*
    6311             :  * A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
    6312             :  * compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
    6313             :  * returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in palloc'ed
    6314             :  * storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
    6315             :  * there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
    6316             :  */
    6317             : void
    6318       50096 : ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
    6319             : {
    6320             :     size_t      equal_pos;
    6321             :     char       *cp;
    6322             : 
    6323             :     Assert(string);
    6324             :     Assert(name);
    6325             :     Assert(value);
    6326             : 
    6327       50096 :     equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
    6328             : 
    6329       50096 :     if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
    6330             :     {
    6331       50096 :         *name = palloc(equal_pos + 1);
    6332       50096 :         strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
    6333             : 
    6334       50096 :         *value = pstrdup(&string[equal_pos + 1]);
    6335             :     }
    6336             :     else
    6337             :     {
    6338             :         /* no equal sign in string */
    6339           0 :         *name = pstrdup(string);
    6340           0 :         *value = NULL;
    6341             :     }
    6342             : 
    6343      687868 :     for (cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
    6344      637772 :         if (*cp == '-')
    6345        1476 :             *cp = '_';
    6346       50096 : }
    6347             : 
    6348             : 
    6349             : /*
    6350             :  * Transform array of GUC settings into lists of names and values. The lists
    6351             :  * are faster to process in cases where the settings must be applied
    6352             :  * repeatedly (e.g. for each function invocation).
    6353             :  */
    6354             : void
    6355        6586 : TransformGUCArray(ArrayType *array, List **names, List **values)
    6356             : {
    6357             :     int         i;
    6358             : 
    6359             :     Assert(array != NULL);
    6360             :     Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6361             :     Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6362             :     Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6363             : 
    6364        6586 :     *names = NIL;
    6365        6586 :     *values = NIL;
    6366       45606 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6367             :     {
    6368             :         Datum       d;
    6369             :         bool        isnull;
    6370             :         char       *s;
    6371             :         char       *name;
    6372             :         char       *value;
    6373             : 
    6374       39020 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6375             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6376             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6377             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6378             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6379             :                       &isnull);
    6380             : 
    6381       39020 :         if (isnull)
    6382           0 :             continue;
    6383             : 
    6384       39020 :         s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6385             : 
    6386       39020 :         ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
    6387       39020 :         if (!value)
    6388             :         {
    6389           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    6390             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    6391             :                      errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
    6392             :                             name)));
    6393           0 :             pfree(name);
    6394           0 :             continue;
    6395             :         }
    6396             : 
    6397       39020 :         *names = lappend(*names, name);
    6398       39020 :         *values = lappend(*values, value);
    6399             : 
    6400       39020 :         pfree(s);
    6401             :     }
    6402        6586 : }
    6403             : 
    6404             : 
    6405             : /*
    6406             :  * Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
    6407             :  * pg_proc.proconfig, etc.  Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
    6408             :  *
    6409             :  * The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
    6410             :  */
    6411             : void
    6412        6536 : ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array,
    6413             :                 GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
    6414             : {
    6415             :     List       *gucNames;
    6416             :     List       *gucValues;
    6417             :     ListCell   *lc1;
    6418             :     ListCell   *lc2;
    6419             : 
    6420        6536 :     TransformGUCArray(array, &gucNames, &gucValues);
    6421       45494 :     forboth(lc1, gucNames, lc2, gucValues)
    6422             :     {
    6423       38970 :         char       *name = lfirst(lc1);
    6424       38970 :         char       *value = lfirst(lc2);
    6425             : 
    6426       38970 :         (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6427             :                                  context, source,
    6428             :                                  action, true, 0, false);
    6429             : 
    6430       38958 :         pfree(name);
    6431       38958 :         pfree(value);
    6432             :     }
    6433             : 
    6434        6524 :     list_free(gucNames);
    6435        6524 :     list_free(gucValues);
    6436        6524 : }
    6437             : 
    6438             : 
    6439             : /*
    6440             :  * Add an entry to an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6441             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
    6442             :  */
    6443             : ArrayType *
    6444        1200 : GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, const char *name, const char *value)
    6445             : {
    6446             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6447             :     Datum       datum;
    6448             :     char       *newval;
    6449             :     ArrayType  *a;
    6450             : 
    6451             :     Assert(name);
    6452             :     Assert(value);
    6453             : 
    6454             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6455        1200 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, false);
    6456             : 
    6457             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6458        1198 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6459        1198 :     if (record)
    6460        1198 :         name = record->name;
    6461             : 
    6462             :     /* build new item for array */
    6463        1198 :     newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
    6464        1198 :     datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
    6465             : 
    6466        1198 :     if (array)
    6467             :     {
    6468             :         int         index;
    6469             :         bool        isnull;
    6470             :         int         i;
    6471             : 
    6472             :         Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6473             :         Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6474             :         Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6475             : 
    6476         930 :         index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
    6477             : 
    6478        3654 :         for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6479             :         {
    6480             :             Datum       d;
    6481             :             char       *current;
    6482             : 
    6483        2738 :             d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6484             :                           -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6485             :                           -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6486             :                           false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6487             :                           TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6488             :                           &isnull);
    6489        2738 :             if (isnull)
    6490           0 :                 continue;
    6491        2738 :             current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6492             : 
    6493             :             /* check for match up through and including '=' */
    6494        2738 :             if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
    6495             :             {
    6496          14 :                 index = i;
    6497          14 :                 break;
    6498             :             }
    6499             :         }
    6500             : 
    6501         930 :         a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
    6502             :                       datum,
    6503             :                       false,
    6504             :                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6505             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6506             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6507             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6508             :     }
    6509             :     else
    6510         268 :         a = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, TEXTOID);
    6511             : 
    6512        1198 :     return a;
    6513             : }
    6514             : 
    6515             : 
    6516             : /*
    6517             :  * Delete an entry from an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6518             :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.  Also, if the return value
    6519             :  * is NULL then a null should be stored.
    6520             :  */
    6521             : ArrayType *
    6522          22 : GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name)
    6523             : {
    6524             :     struct config_generic *record;
    6525             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6526             :     int         i;
    6527             :     int         index;
    6528             : 
    6529             :     Assert(name);
    6530             : 
    6531             :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6532          22 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL, false);
    6533             : 
    6534             :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6535          22 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6536          22 :     if (record)
    6537          22 :         name = record->name;
    6538             : 
    6539             :     /* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
    6540          22 :     if (!array)
    6541           0 :         return NULL;
    6542             : 
    6543          22 :     newarray = NULL;
    6544          22 :     index = 1;
    6545             : 
    6546          46 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6547             :     {
    6548             :         Datum       d;
    6549             :         char       *val;
    6550             :         bool        isnull;
    6551             : 
    6552          24 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6553             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6554             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6555             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6556             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6557             :                       &isnull);
    6558          24 :         if (isnull)
    6559          22 :             continue;
    6560          24 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6561             : 
    6562             :         /* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
    6563          24 :         if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
    6564          22 :             && val[strlen(name)] == '=')
    6565          22 :             continue;
    6566             : 
    6567             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6568           2 :         if (newarray)
    6569           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6570             :                                  d,
    6571             :                                  false,
    6572             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6573             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6574             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6575             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6576             :         else
    6577           2 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6578             : 
    6579           2 :         index++;
    6580             :     }
    6581             : 
    6582          22 :     return newarray;
    6583             : }
    6584             : 
    6585             : 
    6586             : /*
    6587             :  * Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
    6588             :  * level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
    6589             :  * those that are PGC_USERSET or we have permission to set
    6590             :  */
    6591             : ArrayType *
    6592           2 : GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array)
    6593             : {
    6594             :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6595             :     int         i;
    6596             :     int         index;
    6597             : 
    6598             :     /* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
    6599           2 :     if (!array)
    6600           0 :         return NULL;
    6601             : 
    6602             :     /* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
    6603           2 :     if (superuser())
    6604           0 :         return NULL;
    6605             : 
    6606           2 :     newarray = NULL;
    6607           2 :     index = 1;
    6608             : 
    6609           6 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6610             :     {
    6611             :         Datum       d;
    6612             :         char       *val;
    6613             :         char       *eqsgn;
    6614             :         bool        isnull;
    6615             : 
    6616           4 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6617             :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6618             :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6619             :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6620             :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6621             :                       &isnull);
    6622           4 :         if (isnull)
    6623           2 :             continue;
    6624           4 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6625             : 
    6626           4 :         eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
    6627           4 :         *eqsgn = '\0';
    6628             : 
    6629             :         /* skip if we have permission to delete it */
    6630           4 :         if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL, true))
    6631           2 :             continue;
    6632             : 
    6633             :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6634           2 :         if (newarray)
    6635           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6636             :                                  d,
    6637             :                                  false,
    6638             :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6639             :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6640             :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6641             :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6642             :         else
    6643           2 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6644             : 
    6645           2 :         index++;
    6646           2 :         pfree(val);
    6647             :     }
    6648             : 
    6649           2 :     return newarray;
    6650             : }
    6651             : 
    6652             : /*
    6653             :  * Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
    6654             :  *
    6655             :  * name is the option name.  value is the proposed value for the Add case,
    6656             :  * or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases.  If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's
    6657             :  * not an error to have no permissions to set the option.
    6658             :  *
    6659             :  * Returns true if OK, false if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
    6660             :  * have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
    6661             :  * error being thrown).
    6662             :  */
    6663             : static bool
    6664        1226 : validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
    6665             :                            bool skipIfNoPermissions)
    6666             : 
    6667             : {
    6668             :     struct config_generic *gconf;
    6669             : 
    6670             :     /*
    6671             :      * There are three cases to consider:
    6672             :      *
    6673             :      * name is a known GUC variable.  Check the value normally, check
    6674             :      * permissions normally (i.e., allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
    6675             :      * SUSET and user is superuser or holds ACL_SET permissions).
    6676             :      *
    6677             :      * name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
    6678             :      * it has a valid custom name).  We allow this case if you're a superuser,
    6679             :      * otherwise not.  Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
    6680             :      * can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
    6681             :      * resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable.  (With currently
    6682             :      * available infrastructure, we can actually handle such cases within the
    6683             :      * current session --- but once an entry is made in pg_db_role_setting,
    6684             :      * it's assumed to be fully validated.)
    6685             :      *
    6686             :      * name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder.  Throw error,
    6687             :      * unless skipIfNoPermissions is true, in which case return false.
    6688             :      */
    6689        1226 :     gconf = find_option(name, true, skipIfNoPermissions, ERROR);
    6690        1226 :     if (!gconf)
    6691             :     {
    6692             :         /* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
    6693           0 :         return false;
    6694             :     }
    6695             : 
    6696        1226 :     if (gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
    6697             :     {
    6698             :         /*
    6699             :          * We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
    6700             :          * are useful to check.
    6701             :          */
    6702           0 :         if (superuser() ||
    6703           0 :             pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6704           0 :             return true;
    6705           0 :         if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6706           0 :             return false;
    6707           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6708             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6709             :                  errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    6710             :     }
    6711             : 
    6712             :     /* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
    6713        1226 :     if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
    6714             :          /* ok */ ;
    6715         380 :     else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET &&
    6716         202 :              (superuser() ||
    6717          12 :               pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK))
    6718             :          /* ok */ ;
    6719           4 :     else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6720           2 :         return false;
    6721             :     /* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
    6722             : 
    6723             :     /* test for permissions and valid option value */
    6724        1224 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6725        1224 :                              superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
    6726             :                              PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
    6727             : 
    6728        1222 :     return true;
    6729             : }
    6730             : 
    6731             : 
    6732             : /*
    6733             :  * Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
    6734             :  * ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
    6735             :  *
    6736             :  * Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
    6737             :  * assignment to the associated variables.  That is ugly, but forced by the
    6738             :  * limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
    6739             :  */
    6740             : void
    6741          38 : GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
    6742             : {
    6743          38 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
    6744          38 : }
    6745             : 
    6746             : 
    6747             : /*
    6748             :  * Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
    6749             :  * These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
    6750             :  * portions of the error report on failure.
    6751             :  */
    6752             : 
    6753             : static bool
    6754      343960 : call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
    6755             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6756             : {
    6757             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6758      343960 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6759      311572 :         return true;
    6760             : 
    6761             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6762       32388 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6763       32388 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6764       32388 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6765       32388 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6766             : 
    6767       32388 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6768             :     {
    6769          24 :         ereport(elevel,
    6770             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6771             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6772             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6773             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6774             :                         conf->gen.name, (int) *newval),
    6775             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6776             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6777             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6778             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6779             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6780           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6781           0 :         return false;
    6782             :     }
    6783             : 
    6784       32364 :     return true;
    6785             : }
    6786             : 
    6787             : static bool
    6788      345400 : call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6789             :                     GucSource source, int elevel)
    6790             : {
    6791             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6792      345400 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6793      294442 :         return true;
    6794             : 
    6795             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6796       50958 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6797       50958 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6798       50958 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6799       50958 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6800             : 
    6801       50958 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6802             :     {
    6803           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6804             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6805             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6806             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6807             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6808             :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6809             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6810             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6811             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6812             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6813             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6814           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6815           0 :         return false;
    6816             :     }
    6817             : 
    6818       50958 :     return true;
    6819             : }
    6820             : 
    6821             : static bool
    6822       54240 : call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval, void **extra,
    6823             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6824             : {
    6825             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6826       54240 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6827       52388 :         return true;
    6828             : 
    6829             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6830        1852 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6831        1852 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6832        1852 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6833        1852 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6834             : 
    6835        1852 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6836             :     {
    6837           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6838             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6839             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6840             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6841             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
    6842             :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6843             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6844             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6845             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6846             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6847             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6848           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6849           0 :         return false;
    6850             :     }
    6851             : 
    6852        1852 :     return true;
    6853             : }
    6854             : 
    6855             : static bool
    6856      549956 : call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval, void **extra,
    6857             :                        GucSource source, int elevel)
    6858             : {
    6859      549956 :     volatile bool result = true;
    6860             : 
    6861             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6862      549956 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6863      111376 :         return true;
    6864             : 
    6865             :     /*
    6866             :      * If elevel is ERROR, or if the check_hook itself throws an elog
    6867             :      * (undesirable, but not always avoidable), make sure we don't leak the
    6868             :      * already-malloc'd newval string.
    6869             :      */
    6870      438580 :     PG_TRY();
    6871             :     {
    6872             :         /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6873      438580 :         GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6874      438580 :         GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6875      438580 :         GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6876      438580 :         GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6877             : 
    6878      438580 :         if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6879             :         {
    6880          36 :             ereport(elevel,
    6881             :                     (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6882             :                      GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6883             :                      errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6884             :                      errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6885             :                             conf->gen.name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
    6886             :                      GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6887             :                      errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6888             :                      GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6889             :                      errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6890             :             /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6891           0 :             FlushErrorState();
    6892           0 :             result = false;
    6893             :         }
    6894             :     }
    6895          42 :     PG_CATCH();
    6896             :     {
    6897          42 :         guc_free(*newval);
    6898          42 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    6899             :     }
    6900      438538 :     PG_END_TRY();
    6901             : 
    6902      438538 :     return result;
    6903             : }
    6904             : 
    6905             : static bool
    6906      136468 : call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6907             :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6908             : {
    6909             :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6910      136468 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6911      118990 :         return true;
    6912             : 
    6913             :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6914       17478 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6915       17478 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6916       17478 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6917       17478 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6918             : 
    6919       17478 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6920             :     {
    6921           2 :         ereport(elevel,
    6922             :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6923             :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6924             :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6925             :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6926             :                         conf->gen.name,
    6927             :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
    6928             :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6929             :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6930             :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6931             :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6932             :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6933           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6934           0 :         return false;
    6935             :     }
    6936             : 
    6937       17476 :     return true;
    6938             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.14